JPH0327034A - Silver halide color photographic sensitive material - Google Patents
Silver halide color photographic sensitive materialInfo
- Publication number
- JPH0327034A JPH0327034A JP16242689A JP16242689A JPH0327034A JP H0327034 A JPH0327034 A JP H0327034A JP 16242689 A JP16242689 A JP 16242689A JP 16242689 A JP16242689 A JP 16242689A JP H0327034 A JPH0327034 A JP H0327034A
- Authority
- JP
- Japan
- Prior art keywords
- silver halide
- group
- layer
- emulsion
- silver
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- -1 Silver halide Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 189
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims abstract description 98
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 98
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 51
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 145
- 229910021607 Silver chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver monochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Ag+] HKZLPVFGJNLROG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 abstract description 40
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 33
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 7
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 134
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 88
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 70
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 67
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 50
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 43
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 41
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 36
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 36
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 36
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 36
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 36
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 32
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 32
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 31
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 26
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 23
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 22
- IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bromide Chemical compound [K+].[Br-] IOLCXVTUBQKXJR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 22
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 20
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 16
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 16
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 15
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 15
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 14
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 13
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000006097 ultraviolet radiation absorber Substances 0.000 description 12
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 10
- SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].BrCl Chemical compound [Ag].BrCl SJOOOZPMQAWAOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfite Chemical class [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 7
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 150000004982 aromatic amines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 238000004061 bleaching Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 7
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 7
- ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M silver bromide Chemical compound [Ag]Br ADZWSOLPGZMUMY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 7
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 101100221809 Neurospora crassa (strain ATCC 24698 / 74-OR23-1A / CBS 708.71 / DSM 1257 / FGSC 987) cpd-7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 6
- WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[K+] WCUXLLCKKVVCTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 6
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 6
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000001434 methanylylidene group Chemical group [H]C#[*] 0.000 description 6
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium iodide Chemical compound [K+].[I-] NLKNQRATVPKPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 230000001235 sensitizing effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium bromide Chemical compound [Na+].[Br-] JHJLBTNAGRQEKS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 6
- JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-azaniumyl-2-(4-fluorophenyl)acetate Chemical compound OC(=O)C(N)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 JKFYKCYQEWQPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910021612 Silver iodide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000007844 bleaching agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 150000002429 hydrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229940045105 silver iodide Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical compound [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphonoformic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)P(O)(O)=O ZJAOAACCNHFJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000005070 ripening Effects 0.000 description 4
- GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])=O GEHJYWRUCIMESM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003585 thioureas Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 CBCKQZAAMUWICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 3
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical group OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000011054 acetic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiosulfate Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S XYXNTHIYBIDHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000645 desinfectant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N gallic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 229960003330 pentetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000001103 potassium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011164 potassium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004576 sand Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004328 sodium tetraborate Substances 0.000 description 3
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000000565 sulfonamide group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000003567 thiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000004764 thiosulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000012463 white pigment Substances 0.000 description 3
- FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxole Chemical class C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNMCCPMYXUKHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3,3-diamino-1,2,2-tris(carboxymethyl)cyclohexyl]acetic acid Chemical compound NC1(N)CCCC(CC(O)=O)(CC(O)=O)C1(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O RNMCCPMYXUKHAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDAWCLOXVUBKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminophenol Chemical class NC1=CC=CC=C1O CDAWCLOXVUBKRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aniline Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1 PAYRUJLWNCNPSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fe3+ Chemical compound [Fe+3] VTLYFUHAOXGGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Guanidine Chemical compound NC(N)=N ZRALSGWEFCBTJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJWGYAHXMCUOOM-QHOUIDNNSA-N [(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-2-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dinitrooxy-2-(nitrooxymethyl)-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-trinitrooxy-2-(nitrooxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-3,5-dinitrooxy-6-(nitrooxymethyl)oxan-4-yl] nitrate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H]1O[N+]([O-])=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@@H](CO[N+]([O-])=O)O1)O[N+]([O-])=O)CO[N+](=O)[O-])[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO[N+]([O-])=O)O[C@@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H](O[N+]([O-])=O)[C@H]1O[N+]([O-])=O FJWGYAHXMCUOOM-QHOUIDNNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium bromide Chemical compound [NH4+].[Br-] SWLVFNYSXGMGBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019270 ammonium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- KPWJBEFBFLRCLH-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium bromide Chemical compound Br[Cd]Br KPWJBEFBFLRCLH-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- YKYOUMDCQGMQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-L cadmium dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Cd]Cl YKYOUMDCQGMQQO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 2
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 2
- GVGUFUZHNYFZLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl benzenesulfonate;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 GVGUFUZHNYFZLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 2
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005562 fading Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001447 ferric ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229960005102 foscarnet Drugs 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940042795 hydrazides for tuberculosis treatment Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000687 hydroquinonyl group Chemical class C1(O)=C(C=C(O)C=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002443 hydroxylamines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine group Chemical group N1=CCC2=CC=CC=C12 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- VCJMYUPGQJHHFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(3+);trinitrate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O.[O-][N+]([O-])=O VCJMYUPGQJHHFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M merocyanine Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1N(CCCC)C(=O)N(CCCC)C(=O)C1=C\C=C\C=C/1N(CCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C2O\1 DZVCFNFOPIZQKX-LTHRDKTGSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002815 nickel Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrilotriacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O MGFYIUFZLHCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000510 noble metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000269 nucleophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004062 sedimentation Methods 0.000 description 2
- NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940080264 sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000010265 sodium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium;9,10-dioxoanthracene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 GGCZERPQGJTIQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 2
- CCVYRRGZDBSHFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1O CCVYRRGZDBSHFU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3alpha,5alpha,7alpha,12alpha)-3,7,12-trihydroxy-cholan-24-oic acid Natural products OC1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (4z)-1-(3-methylbutyl)-4-[[1-(3-methylbutyl)quinolin-1-ium-4-yl]methylidene]quinoline;iodide Chemical compound [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CCC(C)C)C=CC1=CC1=CC=[N+](CCC(C)C)C2=CC=CC=C12 QGKMIGUHVLGJBR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JLHMJWHSBYZWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-thiazole 1-oxide Chemical class O=S1C=CC=N1 JLHMJWHSBYZWJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYLTXMGSVFOQKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidin-5-one Chemical compound O=C1CNCS1 RYLTXMGSVFOQKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOSFMYBATFLTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-amino-3-(benzimidazol-1-yl)propan-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(CC(O)CN)C=NC2=C1 AOSFMYBATFLTAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-naphthol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=CC2=C1 KJCVRFUGPWSIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGDWUQFZMXWDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-oxido-1,3-thiazole Chemical class [O-]S1=CN=C=C1 YGDWUQFZMXWDKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-bromo-2-fluorophenyl)acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC(Br)=C1F PAWQVTBBRAZDMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTLHLXYADXCVCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-amino-n-ethyl-3-methylanilino)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 QTLHLXYADXCVCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZXYQEHISUMZAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)methyl]-4-methylphenol Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(O)C(CC=2C(=CC=C(C)C=2)O)=C1 XZXYQEHISUMZAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PDHFSBXFZGYBIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxyethylsulfanyl)ethylsulfanyl]ethanol Chemical compound OCCSCCSCCO PDHFSBXFZGYBIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNCSCQSQSGDGES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]propyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)C(C)CN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O XNCSCQSQSGDGES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GRUVVLWKPGIYEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[carboxymethyl-[(2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]ethyl-[(2-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]amino]acetic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(O)C=1CN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1O GRUVVLWKPGIYEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DMQQXDPCRUGSQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[3-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]propyl-(carboxymethyl)amino]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DMQQXDPCRUGSQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXFQFBNBSPQBJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-2-methylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical class OCC(N)(C)CO UXFQFBNBSPQBJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000143 2-carboxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-7-nitro-4h-isoquinolin-1-one Chemical class C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C(=O)N(O)C(C)(C)CC2=C1 NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQMGXSMKUXLLER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-5-sulfobenzoic acid;sodium Chemical compound [Na].OC(=O)C1=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1O IQMGXSMKUXLLER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UGWULZWUXSCWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-sulfanylideneimidazolidin-4-one Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=S)N1 UGWULZWUXSCWPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RVBUGGBMJDPOST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-thiobarbituric acid Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)NC(=S)N1 RVBUGGBMJDPOST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDTSJMKGXGJFGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,7-dioxido-2,4,6,8,9-pentaoxa-1,3,5,7-tetraborabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical compound O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 GDTSJMKGXGJFGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXDOFVVNXBGLKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Isoxazolidinone Chemical compound OC1=NOCC1 QXDOFVVNXBGLKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FPFSGDXIBUDDKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-decyl-2-hydroxycyclopent-2-en-1-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC1=C(O)C(=O)CC1 FPFSGDXIBUDDKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004208 3-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C(*)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- WFFZGYRTVIPBFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-indene-1,2-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C(=O)CC2=C1 WFFZGYRTVIPBFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-sulfonyldiphenol Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VPWNQTHUCYMVMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004203 4-hydroxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- MTGIPEYNFPXFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-(2-ethoxyethyl)-4-n-ethyl-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCOCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 MTGIPEYNFPXFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTOCKMVNXPZCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-n-dodecyl-4-n-ethyl-2-methylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(C)=C1 MTOCKMVNXPZCJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDDLHHRCDSJVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7028-40-2 Chemical compound CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O BDDLHHRCDSJVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MKPCNMXYTMQZBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7h-purin-6-amine;sulfuric acid;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.OS(O)(=O)=O.NC1=NC=NC2=C1NC=N2.NC1=NC=NC2=C1NC=N2 MKPCNMXYTMQZBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000767534 Arabidopsis thaliana Chorismate mutase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Borate Chemical compound [O-]B([O-])[O-] BTBUEUYNUDRHOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butadiene Chemical class C=CC=C KAKZBPTYRLMSJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SRZSPAIRSZDOBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C(=O)(O)CN(N)CC(=O)O.S(=O)(=O)(O)O Chemical compound C(=O)(O)CN(N)CC(=O)O.S(=O)(=O)(O)O SRZSPAIRSZDOBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004380 Cholic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008733 Citrus aurantifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cu2+ Chemical compound [Cu+2] JPVYNHNXODAKFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diammonium sulfite Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S([O-])=O PQUCIEFHOVEZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001174 Diethylhydroxylamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003109 Disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L EDTA disodium salt (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical compound C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005955 Ferric phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001137350 Fratercula Species 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101150005343 INHA gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910021578 Iron(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N L-DOPA Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 WTDRDQBEARUVNC-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000000996 L-ascorbic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical class NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-norleucine Chemical class CCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O LRQKBLKVPFOOQJ-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021380 Manganese Chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L Manganese chloride Chemical compound Cl[Mn]Cl GLFNIEUTAYBVOC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical group C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZORFPDSXLZWJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethyl-1,4-phenylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BZORFPDSXLZWJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFDGPVCHZBVARC-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-dimethylglycine Chemical class CN(C)CC(O)=O FFDGPVCHZBVARC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KAICOTNWEOFDKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(sulfamoylmethyl)acetamide Chemical compound C(C)(=O)NCS(=O)(=O)N KAICOTNWEOFDKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methyl-guanidine Natural products CNC(N)=N CHJJGSNFBQVOTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000986989 Naja kaouthia Acidic phospholipase A2 CM-II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910021586 Nickel(II) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000287462 Phalacrocorax carbo Species 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium salicylate Chemical compound [Na+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O ABBQHOQBGMUPJH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000062793 Sorghum vulgare Species 0.000 description 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical class OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000011941 Tilia x europaea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl chloride Chemical compound ClC=C BZHJMEDXRYGGRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCFIVNQHHFZRNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Ag].Cl[IH]Br Chemical compound [Ag].Cl[IH]Br XCFIVNQHHFZRNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZQSLXQPHPOTHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N [K+].[K+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 Chemical compound [K+].[K+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 FZQSLXQPHPOTHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAWAPFVTPLKSPS-UHFFFAOYSA-K [Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[K+].[Br-].OC([O-])=O.OCCN(CCO)CCO Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[K+].[Br-].OC([O-])=O.OCCN(CCO)CCO AAWAPFVTPLKSPS-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003295 alanine group Chemical class N[C@@H](C)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000007933 aliphatic carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001508 alkali metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000008045 alkali metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005036 alkoxyphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940067621 aminobutyrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000003868 ammonium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940107816 ammonium iodide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonium thiocyanate Chemical compound [NH4+].[S-]C#N SOIFLUNRINLCBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000987 azo dye Substances 0.000 description 1
- HNYOPLTXPVRDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N barbituric acid Chemical compound O=C1CC(=O)NC(=O)N1 HNYOPLTXPVRDBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium oxide Chemical compound [Ba]=O QVQLCTNNEUAWMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001864 baryta Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WMUIZUWOEIQJEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo[e][1,3]benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N=CO3)=C3C=CC2=C1 WMUIZUWOEIQJEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001622 bismuth compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N boric acid Chemical compound OB(O)O KGBXLFKZBHKPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004327 boric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010338 boric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001649 bromium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001661 cadmium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910001622 calcium bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WGEFECGEFUFIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium dibromide Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Br-].[Br-] WGEFECGEFUFIQW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001728 carbonyl compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- MOOUSOJAOQPDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-K cerium(iii) bromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Br-].[Br-].[Ce+3] MOOUSOJAOQPDEH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZUIVNYGZFPOXFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N chembl1717603 Chemical compound N1=C(C)C=C(O)N2N=CN=C21 ZUIVNYGZFPOXFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical compound C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019416 cholic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002471 cholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001431 copper ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N deoxycholic acid Natural products C1CC2CC(O)CCC2(C)C2C1C1CCC(C(CCC(O)=O)C)C1(C)C(O)C2 KXGVEGMKQFWNSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001470 diamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004985 diamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RJYMRRJVDRJMJW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dibromomanganese Chemical compound Br[Mn]Br RJYMRRJVDRJMJW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- FVCOIAYSJZGECG-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylhydroxylamine Chemical compound CCN(O)CC FVCOIAYSJZGECG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylaminoamidine Natural products CN(C)C(N)=N SWSQBOPZIKWTGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L dipotassium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].OP([O-])([O-])=O ZPWVASYFFYYZEW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019797 dipotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000396 dipotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019301 disodium ethylene diamine tetraacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019800 disodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UQGFMSUEHSUPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;3,7-dioxido-2,4,6,8,9-pentaoxa-1,3,5,7-tetraborabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].O1B([O-])OB2OB([O-])OB1O2 UQGFMSUEHSUPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 1
- SRPOMGSPELCIGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N disulfino carbonate Chemical class OS(=O)OC(=O)OS(O)=O SRPOMGSPELCIGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBZKQQHYRPRKNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L disulfite Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O WBZKQQHYRPRKNJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- PCAXGMRPPOMODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N disulfurous acid, diammonium salt Chemical compound [NH4+].[NH4+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O PCAXGMRPPOMODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004043 dyeing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000635 electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003912 environmental pollution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 229940032958 ferric phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005189 flocculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000016615 flocculation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011010 flushing procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010025899 gelatin film Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 125000003630 glycyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical class O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005935 hexyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001519 homopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydantoin Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940091173 hydantoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003840 hydrochlorides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- UCNNJGDEJXIUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-L hydroxy(oxo)iron;iron Chemical compound [Fe].O[Fe]=O.O[Fe]=O UCNNJGDEJXIUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- WTNULKDCIHSVKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-a]pyridin-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(O)=CN21 WTNULKDCIHSVKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UTCSSFWDNNEEBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC=CN21 UTCSSFWDNNEEBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000004694 iodide salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002503 iridium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002505 iron Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Fe](Cl)Cl RBTARNINKXHZNM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- WBJZTOZJJYAKHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(3+) phosphate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O WBJZTOZJJYAKHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H iron(3+) sulfate Chemical compound [Fe+3].[Fe+3].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O.[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RUTXIHLAWFEWGM-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 229910000399 iron(III) phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000360 iron(III) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- DZFWNZJKBJOGFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N julolidine Chemical group C1CCC2=CC=CC3=C2N1CCC3 DZFWNZJKBJOGFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004816 latex Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000126 latex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000400 lauroyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001909 leucine group Chemical class [H]N(*)C(C(*)=O)C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000004571 lime Substances 0.000 description 1
- OTCKOJUMXQWKQG-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium bromide Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Br-].[Br-] OTCKOJUMXQWKQG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001623 magnesium bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011565 manganese chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000002867 manganese chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940099607 manganese chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002736 metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000019713 millet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- RGQFFQXJSCXIJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[2-[2-amino-5-(diethylamino)phenyl]ethyl]methanesulfonamide Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=CC=C(N)C(CCNS(C)(=O)=O)=C1 RGQFFQXJSCXIJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HFWWEMPLBCKNNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-[bis(hydroxyamino)methyl]hydroxylamine Chemical class ONC(NO)NO HFWWEMPLBCKNNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- ICTGBOFCIDHVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methylsulfonylmethanesulfonamide Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NS(C)(=O)=O ICTGBOFCIDHVPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QMMRZOWCJAIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel dichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ni]Cl QMMRZOWCJAIUJA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- UQPSGBZICXWIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel(2+);dibromide;trihydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.Br[Ni]Br UQPSGBZICXWIAG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012149 noodles Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- BHAAPTBBJKJZER-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-anisidine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BHAAPTBBJKJZER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- 125000001312 palmitoyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002958 pentadecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L persulfate group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)([O-])OOS(=O)(=O)[O-] JRKICGRDRMAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003009 phosphonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000011007 phosphoric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000191 poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004584 polyacrylic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000768 polyamine Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006289 polycarbonate film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006267 polyester film Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004848 polyfunctional curative Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DJEHXEMURTVAOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bisulfite Chemical compound [K+].OS([O-])=O DJEHXEMURTVAOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940099427 potassium bisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010259 potassium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RWPGFSMJFRPDDP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium metabisulfite Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O RWPGFSMJFRPDDP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940043349 potassium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010263 potassium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FRMWBRPWYBNAFB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium salicylate Chemical compound [K+].OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O FRMWBRPWYBNAFB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BHZRJJOHZFYXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium sulfite Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]S([O-])=O BHZRJJOHZFYXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019252 potassium sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZJEFVRRDAORHKG-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;2-hydroxy-5-sulfobenzoate Chemical compound [K+].OC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1C([O-])=O ZJEFVRRDAORHKG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GGOZGYRTNQBSSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine-2,3-diol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CN=C1O GGOZGYRTNQBSSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002310 reflectometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KIWUVOGUEXMXSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodanine Chemical compound O=C1CSC(=S)N1 KIWUVOGUEXMXSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003283 rhodium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000012487 rinsing solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M salicylate Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003870 salicylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MOODSJOROWROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylsulfuric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1OS(O)(=O)=O MOODSJOROWROTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003378 silver Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver bromoiodide Chemical compound [Ag].IBr ZUNKMNLKJXRCDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001923 silver oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000006884 silylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 235000011083 sodium citrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940001584 sodium metabisulfite Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NVIFVTYDZMXWGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium metaborate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]B=O NVIFVTYDZMXWGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004025 sodium salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VGTPCRGMBIAPIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium thiocyanate Chemical compound [Na+].[S-]C#N VGTPCRGMBIAPIM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- RILRIYCWJQJNTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3-carboxy-4-hydroxybenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C1O RILRIYCWJQJNTJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- QHFDHWJHIAVELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;4,6-dioxo-1h-1,3,5-triazin-2-olate Chemical class [Na+].[O-]C1=NC(=O)NC(=O)N1 QHFDHWJHIAVELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007962 solid dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfamide Chemical group NS(N)(=O)=O NVBFHJWHLNUMCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940071103 sulfosalicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ISIJQEHRDSCQIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2,7-diazaspiro[4.5]decane-7-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CCCC11CNCC1 ISIJQEHRDSCQIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- LESFYQKBUCDEQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraazanium;2-[2-[bis(carboxylatomethyl)amino]ethyl-(carboxylatomethyl)amino]acetate Chemical compound N.N.N.N.OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O LESFYQKBUCDEQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003475 thallium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PGAPATLGJSQQBU-UHFFFAOYSA-M thallium(i) bromide Chemical compound [Tl]Br PGAPATLGJSQQBU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010296 thiabendazole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019798 tripotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000404 tripotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019801 trisodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000406 trisodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002604 ultrasonography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002987 valine group Chemical class [H]N([H])C([H])(C(*)=O)C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003176 water-insoluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003751 zinc Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
Abstract
Description
【発明の詳細な説明】
(産業上の利用分野)
本発明は、ハロゲン化銀カラー写真感光材料に関するも
のであり、さらに詳しくは画像の鮮鋭度が改良されたハ
ロゲン化銀カラー写真プリント感光材料に関するもので
ある.
(従来の技術)
ハロゲン化銀カラー写真感光材料の画像の鮮鋭度に及ぼ
す因子としては一般にイラジエーション及びハレーショ
ンが知られている.前者はゼラチン膜中に分散されたハ
ロゲン化銀粒子によって入射光が散乱されることに起因
し、後者は支持体からの光反射に起因している.
これらについての一般的な説明はT. H. Jame
s著、「.ザ・セオリー・オブ・ザ・フォトグラフィッ
ク・プロセス(The Theory of theP
hotographic Process)J第4版の
578ページ〜591ページの間に詳しく記載されてい
る.以上に述べたような光学的な面での鮮鋭度劣化を防
止するためハロゲン化銀粒子の形の大きさについての研
究が多くなされている.
例えば゜特開昭58−100845号には正常晶を支持
体より最も遠い層又は緑感層に使用する方法、また特開
昭58−126531号には同一スペクトルに感ずる粒
子の80%以上が0.8μ以上と0.65μ以下の粒子
からなる方法が示されている.しかしながら、これらの
ような方法では、粒子サイズが一定範囲に制限されるた
め、感度を自由に設定できず商おとして必要な感度と鮮
鋭度上の好ましい感度とが必ずしも一致しないことが多
い.
粒子の形を変えることによって鮮鋭度を向上せしめる方
法が「リサーチ・ディスクロージャー」(Resear
ch Disclosure)N o. 2 2 5
3 4 ( 1 983年1月)に示されている.ここ
には、高い平均アスペクト比を有する平板状ハロゲン化
銀乳剤を使用することで、平板の主平面に対して直角に
入射する光の散乱が少ないこと、そして鮮鋭度が改良さ
れることを示している.
しかしながら特開昭62−32448号に記載されてい
るように平板状粒子を用いると透過性の支持体を使用し
た場合は、なるほど鮮鋭度が向上するが実質的に白色の
反射支持体を用いた場合は通常粒子と変わらないか、あ
るいはむしろ悪化する例も観察され、反射支持体を有す
るプリント感材には改良効果がないことが判った.
そこで,特開昭62−32448号では、実質的に白色
の反射支持体を用いる場合に塩沃臭化銀(沃化銀2モル
%以下)、沃臭化銀(沃化銀2モル%以下)、塩臭化銀
又は臭化銀粒子の全投影面積の少なくとも50%以上が
平均アスペクト比5以上の平板状粒子を含むハロゲン化
銀写真乳剤胤、を少なくとも一層塗設してなる写真感光
材料において、該反射支持体と前記の平板状ハロゲン化
銀乳剤層の間に写真処理工程で脱色柱の着色剤を含有す
る層を設けることで鮮鋭度が著しく向上する技術を開示
している.
一方,ハロゲン化銀カラー写真感光材料、特にプリント
用感光材料においては、近年現像処理工程の迅速化に関
する要求が強く、年を追うごとに工程の短縮化のために
技術開発が次々になされ市場導入されてきた。特に最近
では実質的に沃化銀を含まない塩臭化銀においては、塩
化銀の含有率アップまたは純塩化銀の使用が有効である
ことが知られており、各社で塩化銀含有率の高い高塩化
銀粒子の使用が実用化されている。Detailed Description of the Invention (Field of Industrial Application) The present invention relates to a silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material, and more particularly to a silver halide color photographic print light-sensitive material with improved image sharpness. It is something. (Prior Art) Irradiation and halation are generally known as factors that affect the sharpness of images of silver halide color photographic materials. The former is caused by the scattering of incident light by silver halide particles dispersed in the gelatin film, and the latter is caused by light reflection from the support. A general explanation of these can be found in T. H. James
The Theory of the Photographic Process, by John S.
Photographic Process) J 4th edition, pages 578 to 591 are described in detail. Many studies have been conducted on the shape and size of silver halide grains in order to prevent the optical sharpness deterioration mentioned above. For example, JP-A No. 58-100845 describes a method in which normal crystals are used in the layer furthest from the support or the green-sensitive layer, and JP-A No. 58-126531 describes a method in which more than 80% of particles sensitive to the same spectrum are zero. A method using particles of .8 μ or larger and 0.65 μ or smaller is shown. However, in these methods, since the particle size is limited to a certain range, the sensitivity cannot be set freely, and the required sensitivity and the preferred sensitivity in terms of sharpness often do not necessarily match. Research Disclosure is a method of improving sharpness by changing the shape of particles.
ch Disclosure)No. 2 2 5
34 (January 1983). Here we show that the use of tabular silver halide emulsions with high average aspect ratios results in less scattering of light incident at right angles to the major planes of the plates and improved sharpness. ing. However, as described in JP-A No. 62-32448, when tabular grains are used and a transparent support is used, the sharpness is certainly improved, but when a substantially white reflective support is used. In some cases, the particles were no different from those of normal grains, or even worse, and it was found that there was no improvement in the printed photosensitive material having a reflective support. Therefore, in JP-A-62-32448, when a substantially white reflective support is used, silver chloroiodobromide (2 mol% or less of silver iodide), silver iodobromide (2 mol% or less of silver iodide), ), a photographic light-sensitive material coated with at least one layer of silver chlorobromide or a silver halide photographic emulsion containing tabular grains in which at least 50% of the total projected area of the silver bromide grains has an average aspect ratio of 5 or more. discloses a technique in which the sharpness is significantly improved by providing a layer containing a decolorizing column colorant in a photographic processing step between the reflective support and the tabular silver halide emulsion layer. On the other hand, in recent years there has been a strong demand for speeding up the development process for silver halide color photographic light-sensitive materials, especially light-sensitive materials for printing, and over the years, technological developments have been made one after another to shorten the process and have been introduced into the market. It has been. In particular, recently it has been known that increasing the silver chloride content or using pure silver chloride is effective for silver chlorobromide, which does not substantially contain silver iodide. The use of high silver chloride grains has been put into practical use.
また一方、塩化銀含有量が50モル%以上の高塩化銀で
の平板状粒子の形成法は米国特許第4,399,215
号、米国特許第4,400,463号、特開昭62−2
18959号、ヨーロッパ特許0,288.949号で
知られている.しかし本発明者らは、処理迅速性に富ん
だ平板状高塩化銀粒子を用い、特開昭62−32448
号に記載されている方法を実施したが鮮鋭度向上につい
ては十分な効果が得られなかった。例えば、着色層にコ
ロイド銀を用いた場合は、平板状高塩化銀粒子を用いた
場合の最大濃度が著しく低下し使用に耐えなかった.ま
た媒染剤と染料を組み合わせた場合は殆どの場合、脱色
せず、使用にたえなかった。On the other hand, a method for forming tabular grains with a high silver chloride content of 50 mol% or more is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,399,215.
No. 4,400,463, JP-A-62-2
No. 18959 and European Patent No. 0,288.949. However, the present inventors used tabular high-silver chloride grains, which are highly processable, and
Although I implemented the method described in the issue, I was not able to obtain a sufficient effect in improving sharpness. For example, when colloidal silver was used in the colored layer, the maximum density was significantly lower than when tabular high silver chloride grains were used, making it unusable. Furthermore, in most cases when a mordant and a dye were combined, the color did not decolor and was not usable.
また単なる水溶性染料の使用では、一般に用いられてい
る非平板状粒子に対し、著しい鮮鋭度の向上は認められ
ないことが解った。It has also been found that the mere use of a water-soluble dye does not significantly improve sharpness compared to commonly used non-tabular grains.
(発明が解決しようとする課題)
したがって本発明の目的は処理の迅速性に優れ、かつ鮮
鋭度を大幅に改良したハロゲン化銀カラー写真感光材料
に関するものであり、特に白色の反射支持体を有したプ
リント材料に関するものである.
(課題を解決するための手段)
本発明の目的は以下に示す方法により達成されることを
見い出した.すなわち反射支持体上に、少なくとも一層
のハロゲン化銀乳剤層を有するハロゲン化銀カラー写真
感光材料において、前記ハロゲン化銀乳剤層の少なくと
も一層に、ハロゲン化銀粒子の全投影面積の少なくとも
50%が平均アスペクト比5以上の平板状粒子を含み、
かつ該ハロゲン化銀粒子はその塩化銀含有率(平均値を
いう)が80モル%以上の高塩化銀粒子であり、さらに
該反射支持体と前記の平板状ハロゲン化銀乳剤層の間に
少なくともpH6以下では実質的に水不溶性であるが少
なくともpH8以上では実質的に水溶性である微粉末染
料(以下単に微粉末染料という)を含有する親水性コロ
イド層を少なくとも一層有することを特徴とするハロゲ
ン化銀カラー写真感光材料によって達成された。(Problem to be Solved by the Invention) Therefore, the object of the present invention is to relate to a silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material which is excellent in processing speed and has greatly improved sharpness, and in particular, it relates to a silver halide color photographic material having a white reflective support. This is related to printed materials. (Means for Solving the Problem) It has been found that the object of the present invention can be achieved by the method shown below. That is, in a silver halide color photographic material having at least one silver halide emulsion layer on a reflective support, at least 50% of the total projected area of silver halide grains is present in at least one of the silver halide emulsion layers. Contains tabular grains with an average aspect ratio of 5 or more,
The silver halide grains are high silver chloride grains with a silver chloride content (average value) of 80 mol% or more, and at least one layer is provided between the reflective support and the tabular silver halide emulsion layer. A halogen characterized by having at least one hydrophilic colloid layer containing a finely powdered dye (hereinafter simply referred to as finely powdered dye) that is substantially water-insoluble at pH 6 or lower but substantially water-soluble at least at pH 8 or higher. This was achieved using silver oxide color photographic materials.
本発明に用いられる微粉末染料が少なくともpH6以下
で実質的に水不溶性であるとは微粉末分散状態が,pH
6以下の親水性コロイド例えばゼラチン水溶液中で保持
できる程度に不溶であることを意味する.pH6の水に
対する常温(24℃)における溶解度が10重量%以下
、さらには5重量%以下である染料が好ましい.
またpH8以上で実質的に水溶性であるとは、微粉末分
散状態が少なくともpH8以上の水溶液中では保持でき
ない程度に染料が溶けていることを意味し、さらに具体
的には、pH8の水に対する常温における溶解度が90
重量%を越え、さらには95重量%を越える染料が好ま
しい.本発明の固体染料は、pH7で水溶性あるいは水
不溶性であってもよいが、少なくともpH6またはそれ
以下で実質的に水不溶性であり,またpH8またはそれ
以上で実質的に水溶性のものである.このような微粉末
染料として好ましくは次の一般式(I)〜(V)で表わ
されるものの少なくとも一種が用いられる。The fact that the fine powder dye used in the present invention is substantially water-insoluble at least at a pH of 6 or less means that the fine powder is dispersed at a pH of at least 6 or less.
A hydrophilic colloid of 6 or less, such as gelatin, means that it is insoluble to the extent that it can be retained in an aqueous solution. Preferably, the dye has a solubility in water of pH 6 at room temperature (24° C.) of 10% by weight or less, more preferably 5% by weight or less. In addition, "substantially soluble in water at pH 8 or above" means that the dye is dissolved to such an extent that the fine powder dispersion state cannot be maintained in an aqueous solution with pH 8 or above. Solubility at room temperature is 90
Dyes in excess of 95% by weight are preferred. The solid dyes of the present invention may be water-soluble or water-insoluble at pH 7, but are at least substantially water-insoluble at pH 6 or below, and substantially water-soluble at pH 8 or above. .. As such a fine powder dye, at least one type of dye represented by the following general formulas (I) to (V) is preferably used.
一般式(1)
A=L,− (L,= L3),A’
一般式(IV)
A−@Lx − L2号=B
一般式(V)
(式中、A及びA′は同じでも異なっていてもよく、各
々酸性核を表し、Bは塩基性核を表し、X及びYは同じ
でも異なっていてもよく、各々電子吸引性基を表す.R
は水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、R.及びR,は各々
アルキル基、アリール基、アシル基又はスルホニル基を
表し、R.とR,が連結して5又は6員環を形或しても
よい.R,及びR.は各々水素原子、アルキル基、ヒド
ロキシ基、カルボキシル基,−アルコキシ基又はハロゲ
ン原子を表し、R4及びRsは各々水素原子又はR,と
R4もしくはR8とR,が連結して5又は6員環を形成
するのに必要な非金属原子群を表す@ Ll % t,
t及びL,は各々メチン基を表す.mはO又はlを表し
、n及びqは各々0、1又は2を表し、pはO又はlを
表し、pが0のとき、R1はヒドロキシ基又はカルボキ
シル基を表し且つR4及びRsは水素原子を表す.ただ
し、一般式(I)、(■)、(III)、(IV)又は
(V)で表される化合物は、1分子中に水とエタノール
の容積比がl対lの混合溶液中におけるpKaが4〜l
1の範囲にある解離性基を少なくとも1個有する.〉
一般式(I)、(II)、(III)、( IV )及
び(V)について詳しく説明する.
A又はA′で表される酸性核は、好ましくは2一ビラゾ
リン−5−オン、ロダニン、ヒダントイン、チオヒダン
トイン、2.4−オキサゾリジンシオン、イソオキサゾ
リジノン、バルビツール酸、チオバルビツール酸、イン
ダンジオン、ピラゾロビリジン又はヒドロキシビリドン
を表わす.
Bで表わされる塩基性核は、好ましくはビリジン、キノ
リン、インドレニン、オキサゾール、ペンゾオキサゾー
ル、ナフトオキサゾール又はビロールを表わす.
水とエタノールの容積比がl対lの混合溶液中における
pKa (酸解離定数)が4〜1lの範囲にある解離性
基は、pH6以下で実質的に色素分子を水不溶性にし、
pH8以上で実質的に色素分子を水溶性にするものであ
れば、種類及び色素分子への置換位置に特に制限はない
が、好ましくは、カルボキシル基、スルファモイル基、
スルホンアミド基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシル基であり,
より好ましいものはカルボキシル基である.解離性基は
色素分子に直接置換するだけでなく、2価の連結基(例
えばアルキレン基、フエニレン基)を介して置換してい
ても良い.2価の連結基を介した例としては、4−カル
ボキシフエニル、2ーメチル−3−カルポキシフェニル
、2.4−ジカルボキシフェニル、3.5−ジカルボキ
シフェニル、3−カルボキシフエニル、2.5−ジカル
ボキシフェニル、3−エチルスルファモイルフェニル、
4−フエニルスルファモイルフェニル、2ーカルポキシ
フェニル、2,4.6−トリヒドロキシフェニル、3−
ベンゼンスルホンアミドフエニル、4−(p−シアミベ
ンゼンスルホンアミド)フェニル、3−ヒドロキシフェ
ニル、2−ヒドロキシフエニル、4−ヒドロキシフエニ
ル、2−ヒドロキシ−4−カルポキシフエニル、3−メ
トキシー4一カルポキシフエニル、2−メチル−4一フ
ェニルスルファモイルフェニル、4−カルボキシベンゼ
ン、2−カルボキシベンジル、3−スルファモイルフェ
ニル、4−スルファモイルフェニル、2,5−ジスルフ
ァモイルフェニル、カルボキシメチル、2−カルボキシ
エチル、3−カルボキシブロビル、4−カルポキシブチ
ル、8−カルボキシオクチル等を挙げることができる.
R,R.又はR6で表わされるアルキル基は、炭素数1
〜10のアルキル基が好ましく、例えばメチル、エチル
、n−プロビル、イソアミル、n一オクチル等の基を挙
げることができる.R+、Rsで表わされるアルキル基
は炭素数1〜20のアルキル基(例えば、メチル、エチ
ル、n−プロビル、n−ブチル、n−オクチル、n−オ
クタデシル、イソブチル、イソブロビル)が好ましく、
置換基〔例えば、塩素、臭素等のハロゲン原子、ニトロ
基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、アルコキ
シ基(例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ)、アルコキシ力ル
ボニル基(例えば、メトキシ力ルボニル、i−プロボキ
シ力ルボニル)、アリールオキシ基(例えば、フェノキ
シ)、フェニル基、アミド基(例えば、アセチルアミノ
、メタンスルホンアミド)、カルバモイル基(例えば、
メチルカルバモイル、エチルカルバモイル)、スルファ
モイル基(例えばメチルスルファモイル、フエニルスル
ファモイル)】を有していても良い.
R1又はR2で表わされるアリール基はフェニル基、ナ
フチル基が好ましく、置換基【置換基としては上記のR
.及びR,で表わされるアルキル基が有する置換基とし
て挙げた基及びアルキル基(例えばメチル、エチル)が
含まれる.〕を有していても良い.
R,又はR2で表わされるアシル基は、炭素数2〜10
のアシル基が好ましく、例えば、アセチル、プロビオニ
ル、n−オクタノイル、n−デカノイル、イソブタノイ
ル、ベンゾイル等の基を挙げることができる.R1又は
R,で表わされるアルキルスルホニル基もしくはアリー
ルスルホニル基としては、メタンスルホニル、エタンス
ルホニル、n−ブタンスルホニル、n−オクタンスルホ
ニル、ベンゼンスルホニル、p一トルエンスルホニル、
0−力ルボキシベンゼンスルホニル等の基を挙げること
ができる.
R.又はR6で表わされるアルコキシ基は、炭素数1〜
10のアルコキシ基が好ましく、例えばメトキシ、エト
キシ、n−ブトキシ、n−オクトキシ、2−エチルへキ
シルオキシ、イソブトキシ、インブロボキシ等の基.を
挙げることができる.R8又はR6で表わされるハロゲ
ン原子としては、塩素、臭素、フッ素を挙げることがで
きる.
R,とR4又はR3とR.が連結して形成される環とし
ては、例えばジュロリジン環を挙げることができる.
R,とR2が連結して形成される5一又は6員環として
は、例えばビベリジン環、モルホリン環、ビロリジン環
を挙げることができる.
Lt.L−又はLsで表わされるメチン基は、置換基(
例えばメチル、エチル、シアノ、フエニル、塩素原子、
ヒ.ドロキシブロビル)を有するものも含む意味で用い
られている.
X又はYで表わされる電子吸引性基は、同じでも異なっ
ていてもよく、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、アルキルカル
ボニル基(置換されてよいアルキルカルボニル基であり
、例えば、アセチル、プロビオニル、ヘブタノイル、ド
デカノイル、ヘキサデカノイル、1−オキソ−7−クロ
ロヘブチル)、アリールカルボニル基(置換されてよい
アリールカルボニル基であり、例えば、ベンゾイル、4
−エトキシカルボニルベンゾイル、3−クロロベンゾイ
ル)、アルコキシカルボニル基(置換されてよいアルコ
キシ力ルボニル基であり、例えば、メトキシ力ルボニル
、エトキシ力ルボニル、ブトキシカルボニル、t−アミ
ルオキシ力ルボニル、ヘキシルオキシ力ルボニル、2−
エチルへキシルオキシ力ルボニル、オクチルオキシカル
ボニル、デシルオキシ力ルボニル、ドデシルオキシ力ル
ボニル、ヘキサデシルオキシ力ルボニル、オクタデシル
オキシ力ルボニル、2−ブトキシェトキシカルボニル、
2−メチルスルホニルエトキシカルボニル、2−シアノ
エトキシカルボニル、2−(2−クロロエトキシ)エト
キシ力ルボニル,2−(2−(2−クロロエトキシ)エ
トキシ〕エトキシ力ルボニル)、アリールオキシカルボ
ニル基(置換されてよいアリールオキシ力ルボニル基で
あり、例えば、フエノキシ力ルボニル、3−エチルフェ
ノキシカルボニル、4−エチルフエノキシカルボニル、
4−フル才ロフエノキシカルボニル、4−ニトロフエノ
キシカルボニル、4−メトキシフエノキシカルボニル、
2,4−ジー(1−アミル)フェノキシカルボニル)、
カルバモイル基(置換されてよいカルバモイル基であり
、例えば、カルバモイル基、エチル力ルバモイル、ドデ
シル力ルバモイル、フエニルカルバモイル、4−メトキ
シフェ三ル力ルバモイル、2−プロモフェニル力ルバモ
イル、4−クロロフエニル力ルバモイル、4−エトキシ
力ルポニルフエニルカルバモイル、4−プロビルスルホ
ニルフェニルカルバモイル、4−シアノフエニルカルバ
モイル、3−メチルフエニル力ルバモイル、4−へキシ
ルオキシフェニルカルバモイル,2.4−ジー(t−ア
ミル)フェニルカルバモイル、2−クロロー3−(ドデ
シルオキシ力ルボニル)フエニルカルバモイル、3−(
ヘキシルオキシ力ルボニル)フエニルカルバモイル)、
スルホニル基(例えば、メチルスルホニル、フェニルス
ルホニル)、スルファモイル基(置換されてよいスルフ
ァモイル基であり、例えば、スルファモイル、メチルス
ルファモイル)を表わす.
次に本発明に用いられる染料の具体例を挙げるが、本発
明はこれらに限定されるものではない.1−1
1−2
1−3
{−4
1−9
1−5
1−6
l−7
1−8
■−13
1−14
■−15
■−16
I−17
■−18
■−19
I−20
■−27
I−28
1−1
0
■−21
夏−22
■−25
!−26
■−2
1−3
1−4
I−5
1−6
1−1
1−2
!−3
璽−4
1−9
1−10
1−11
■−12
1−5
夏−6
口−7
1−8
璽−13
夏−14
璽−15
1−16
■−17
1−18
■−19
■−20
I−25
!−21
!−22
■−23
I−24
■−29
璽−31
l−32
I−34
I−35
IV−7
C霊H.
しy3
ff−2
ff−5
IV−10
■−11
ff−12
■−14
■−15
V−t
V−6
V−7
V−2
V−3
■−4
V−5
本発明に用いられる染料は国際公開W0 8 8/04
794号、ヨーロッパ特許(EP)0274723A1
号、同276,566号、同299,435号、特開昭
52−92716号、同55−155350号、同55
−155351号、同61−205934号、同48−
68623号、米国特許第2,527,583号、同3
.486,897号、同3,746,539号、同3,
933,798号、同4,.130,429号、同4,
040,841号等に記載された方法およびその方法に
準じて容易に合成することができる.
なお、水に不溶性の染料固体を用いて特定層を染色する
方法が、特開昭56−12639号、同55−1553
50号、同55−155351号、同63−27838
号、同63−197943号、欧州特許第15.601
号、同274,723号、同276,566号、同29
9,435号および国際特許出願公開WO 8 8/0
4 7 9 4号等に開示されている。しかし、反射
支持体上に主として平板状粒子からなる高塩化銀乳剤層
を形成した感光材料における餅鋭度の問題を開示するも
のではない.
本発明においてはpHが6.0以下の水に実質的に不溶
である染料を、国際公開WO 8 8/0 4794、
ヨーロッパ特許(EP)0276566号や特開昭63
−197943号などに記載の方法に従って分散助剤と
ともに、コロイド中に微粉末状に分散して用いるのが好
ましい.「微粉末状に」とは、その平均粒子径(投影、
円近似)がlμm以下、好ましくは0.5μmないし0
.01μmで、コロイド層中で他の隣接層に対し実質的
に耐拡散性で3μm以上には粗大に凝集せず分散してい
る状態をい.う.
分散助剤には、通常のノニオン界面活性剤、アニオン界
面活性剤や両性界面活性剤など例えば特開昭62−2
1 5272号の第201頁左下欄〜第210頁右上欄
に記載の引用特許明細書の記載並びに具体的化合物W−
1ないしw−99によって表わされる化合物、特公昭5
6−36415号や特公昭59−3 1 688号並び
に特開昭63−282738号明細書の一般式〔■〕、
〔■〕、[rX]式によって表わされる界面活性剤など
の中から選んで用いることが出来る.例えば(1)C目
H23CON−CH2 CH2 COONa霊
OH O−(CHz
Jx SO:+Na(x:y=j:f.X:Y字6
J
また分散助剤に、水可溶の有機溶剤、例えばジメチルホ
ルムアミド、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、ジ
メチルスルホニルアミドなどを用いることができる.ま
た分散媒に親水性コロイド例えばゼラチン、カゼイン、
ヒドロキシル・エチルセルローズ、ボリーN−ビニルビ
ロリドン、ポリアクリル酸やゼラチン誘導体など、また
アルカリ性の水を用いることができる.
微粉末分散体は、固体染料を水可溶性有機溶剤にとかし
、pHが中性または酸性のコロイド水溶液に分散する方
法、とくに好ましくは固体染料を水または不溶性の液体
に湿潤し、分散助剤とともに混練し、ミル中で微粒子化
してコロイド水溶液中に分散する方法、超音波を用いて
固体染料を微粉末にしたのち分散助剤である界面活性剤
などを用いてコロイド水溶液中に分散する方法やアルカ
リ性の水に染料をとかし、酸性のコロイド水溶液に分敗
する方法などによって製造することができる.
染料またはコロイド水溶液には有機酸、例えばクエン酸
、修酸、酢酸、酒石酸などを併せ用いるのがよい.
本発明に用いられる微粉末染料は、染料の微結晶でも、
ミセル構造状の微粒子でも、微小凝集状の粒子であって
もよい.粉末粒子の粒子径は、それらを含有するコロイ
ド層の切片の断面を、透過型電子顕微鏡を用いて観察、
測定することができる.
本発明において微粉末染料を含有させる親水性コロイド
層とは非感光層(例えば、ハレーション防止層、イラジ
エーション防止層、フィルター層、下引層、中間層、混
色防止層、紫外線吸収層、保護層)又は感光層(ハロゲ
ン化銀乳剤層)である.この微粉末染料の含有量は好ま
しくは5mg/rd−1 000mg/rt?、より好
ましくは1 0 m g/ rrr〜2 0 0 m
g/rr?である.本発明に用いられる着色層(微粉末
染料を含有させた親水性コロイド層)の光学的濃度は、
可視部の吸収ピーク波長における透過率で80%以下の
ものが好ましく、さらに好ましくは50%以下、特に好
ましくは30%以下になるように設定される.
着色層の吸収波長は、目的に応じて可視域のある特定の
領域の光のみを吸収するものや、全領域の光を吸収する
ものを選択することができる.本発明に用いるハロゲン
化銀乳剤は、粒子を構成する全ハロゲン化銀の80モル
%以上が塩化銀から成るものである。好ましくは、80
モル%以上99,5モル%以下、より好ましくは90モ
ル%以上、99モル%以下である.残りのハロゲン化銀
は臭化銀であり、その他沃化銀も含まれてもよいが含ま
れないのが最も好ましい.沃化銀が含まれる場合はlモ
ル%以下が好ましい.また、本発明の用いるハロゲン化
銀乳剤は、平均アスベクト比が5以上の平板状粒子が、
ハロゲン化銀粒子の全投影面積の少なくとも50%を占
めるものである.この明細書において用いる「アスペク
ト比」とは粒子の厚さに対する直径の比を示す.粒子の
「直径」とは、乳剤粒子を顕微鏡または電子顕微鏡で観
察した時、粒子の投影面積と等しい面積を有する円の直
径を指すものとする.乳剤試料の陰影のある電子顕微鏡
写真から,それぞれの粒子の厚さ及び直径を測定するこ
とができ、それぞれの平板状粒子のアスベクト比を計算
することができる.
本発明に用いるハロゲン化銀乳剤の平均アスペクト比は
次のように求められる.すなわち、乳剤中に存在する全
ハロゲン化銀粒子の中で、直径0.1μ〜10μ、厚み
0.3μ以下のものを選び出し、その中からアスベクト
比の大きい平板状粒子を、投影面積の和が50%を越す
に必要なだけ集め、このようにして集めた粒子について
平均アスベクト比を計算し、その値が5以上となるよう
にすればよい.
本発明に使用される平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子の直径は、
前述のとおり0.1〜10μ、好ましくは0.2〜5.
0μであり、特に好ましくは0.3〜2.0μである.
また粒子の厚みは0.3μ以下である。General formula (1) A = L, - (L, = L3), A' General formula (IV) A-@Lx - No. L2 = B General formula (V) (In the formula, A and A' may be the same or different. each represents an acidic nucleus, B represents a basic nucleus, X and Y may be the same or different, and each represents an electron-withdrawing group.R
represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, R. and R each represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, an acyl group, or a sulfonyl group; and R may be connected to form a 5- or 6-membered ring. R, and R. each represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, an -alkoxy group, or a halogen atom; @ Ll % t, which represents the nonmetallic atomic group necessary to form
t and L each represent a methine group. m represents O or l, n and q each represent 0, 1 or 2, p represents O or l, when p is 0, R1 represents a hydroxy group or a carboxyl group, and R4 and Rs represent hydrogen Represents an atom. However, the compound represented by general formula (I), (■), (III), (IV) or (V) has a pKa in a mixed solution of water and ethanol in a volume ratio of 1:1 in one molecule. is 4~l
It has at least one dissociable group in the range of 1. > General formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV) and (V) will be explained in detail. The acidic nucleus represented by A or A' is preferably 2-birazolin-5-one, rhodanine, hydantoin, thiohydantoin, 2,4-oxazolidinesion, isoxazolidinone, barbituric acid, thiobarbituric acid, indandione. , represents pyrazoloviridine or hydroxypyridone. The basic nucleus represented by B preferably represents pyridine, quinoline, indolenine, oxazole, penzoxazole, naphthoxazole or virol. A dissociative group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) in the range of 4 to 1 liter in a mixed solution of water and ethanol at a volume ratio of 1 to 1 makes the dye molecule substantially water-insoluble at pH 6 or below.
There are no particular restrictions on the type and substitution position on the dye molecule as long as it makes the dye molecule substantially water-soluble at pH 8 or higher, but preferably carboxyl groups, sulfamoyl groups,
Sulfonamide group, amino group, hydroxyl group,
More preferred is a carboxyl group. The dissociative group may be substituted not only directly on the dye molecule, but also via a divalent linking group (eg, alkylene group, phenylene group). Examples via a divalent linking group include 4-carboxyphenyl, 2-methyl-3-carpoxyphenyl, 2.4-dicarboxyphenyl, 3.5-dicarboxyphenyl, 3-carboxyphenyl, 2 .5-dicarboxyphenyl, 3-ethylsulfamoylphenyl,
4-phenylsulfamoylphenyl, 2-carpoxyphenyl, 2,4.6-trihydroxyphenyl, 3-
Benzenesulfonamidophenyl, 4-(p-cyamibenzenesulfonamido)phenyl, 3-hydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxyphenyl, 4-hydroxyphenyl, 2-hydroxy-4-carpoxyphenyl, 3-methoxy 4-carpoxyphenyl, 2-methyl-4-phenylsulfamoylphenyl, 4-carboxybenzene, 2-carboxybenzyl, 3-sulfamoylphenyl, 4-sulfamoylphenyl, 2,5-disulfamoyl Examples include phenyl, carboxymethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, 3-carboxybrobyl, 4-carboxybutyl, 8-carboxyoctyl, and the like.
R,R. Or the alkyl group represented by R6 has 1 carbon number
-10 alkyl groups are preferred, such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isoamyl, n-octyl and the like. The alkyl group represented by R+ and Rs is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-octyl, n-octadecyl, isobutyl, isobrobyl),
Substituents [e.g., halogen atoms such as chlorine and bromine, nitro groups, cyano groups, hydroxy groups, carboxy groups, alkoxy groups (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy), alkoxy carbonyl groups (e.g., methoxy carbonyl, i-proboxyl groups) carbonyl), aryloxy groups (e.g. phenoxy), phenyl groups, amide groups (e.g. acetylamino, methanesulfonamide), carbamoyl groups (e.g.
methylcarbamoyl, ethylcarbamoyl), or sulfamoyl group (eg, methylsulfamoyl, phenylsulfamoyl). The aryl group represented by R1 or R2 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and the substituents include the above R
.. The substituents of the alkyl group represented by and R include the groups and alkyl groups (eg, methyl, ethyl). ]. The acyl group represented by R or R2 has 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
Preferred are acyl groups such as acetyl, probionyl, n-octanoyl, n-decanoyl, isobutanoyl, and benzoyl. Examples of the alkylsulfonyl group or arylsulfonyl group represented by R1 or R include methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfonyl, n-butanesulfonyl, n-octanesulfonyl, benzenesulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl,
Examples include groups such as 0-carboxybenzenesulfonyl. R. Or the alkoxy group represented by R6 has 1 to 1 carbon atoms.
10 alkoxy groups are preferred, such as groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, n-butoxy, n-octoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, isobutoxy, imbroboxy, etc. can be mentioned. Examples of the halogen atom represented by R8 or R6 include chlorine, bromine, and fluorine. R, and R4 or R3 and R. An example of a ring formed by linking is a julolidine ring. Examples of the 5-1 or 6-membered ring formed by linking R and R2 include a viveridine ring, a morpholine ring, and a virolidine ring. Lt. The methine group represented by L- or Ls has a substituent (
For example, methyl, ethyl, cyano, phenyl, chlorine atoms,
H. The term is used to include those with the drug (droxybrovir). The electron-withdrawing groups represented by X or Y may be the same or different, and include a cyano group, a carboxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group (an alkylcarbonyl group that may be substituted, such as acetyl, probionyl, hebutanoyl, dodecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, 1-oxo-7-chlorohebutyl), arylcarbonyl group (arylcarbonyl group that may be substituted, such as benzoyl, 4
-ethoxycarbonylbenzoyl, 3-chlorobenzoyl), alkoxycarbonyl groups (alkoxycarbonyl groups that may be substituted, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, t-amyloxycarbonyl, hexyloxycarbonyl, 2-
Ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, octyloxycarbonyl, decyloxycarbonyl, dodecyloxycarbonyl, hexadecyloxycarbonyl, octadecyloxycarbonyl, 2-butoxyshethoxycarbonyl,
2-methylsulfonylethoxycarbonyl, 2-cyanoethoxycarbonyl, 2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethoxycarbonyl, 2-(2-(2-chloroethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl group (substituted For example, phenoxycarbonyl, 3-ethylphenoxycarbonyl, 4-ethylphenoxycarbonyl,
4-fluorophenoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrophenoxycarbonyl, 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl,
2,4-di(1-amyl)phenoxycarbonyl),
Carbamoyl group (carbamoyl group which may be substituted, for example, carbamoyl group, ethyl rubamoyl, dodecyl rubamoyl, phenylcarbamoyl, 4-methoxyphenyl rubamoyl, 2-promophenyl rubamoyl, 4-chlorophenyl rubamoyl, 4-Ethoxyluponylphenylcarbamoyl, 4-probylsulfonylphenylcarbamoyl, 4-cyanophenylcarbamoyl, 3-methylphenylcarbamoyl, 4-hexyloxyphenylcarbamoyl, 2.4-di(t-amyl)phenyl Carbamoyl, 2-chloro3-(dodecyloxycarbonyl)phenylcarbamoyl, 3-(
hexyloxycarbonyl) phenylcarbamoyl),
Represents a sulfonyl group (eg, methylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl), a sulfamoyl group (a sulfamoyl group that may be substituted, such as sulfamoyl, methylsulfamoyl). Next, specific examples of dyes used in the present invention will be given, but the present invention is not limited thereto. 1-1 1-2 1-3 {-4 1-9 1-5 1-6 l-7 1-8 ■-13 1-14 ■-15 ■-16 I-17 ■-18 ■-19 I- 20 ■-27 I-28 1-1 0 ■-21 Summer-22 ■-25 ! -26 ■-2 1-3 1-4 I-5 1-6 1-1 1-2! -3 Seal-4 1-9 1-10 1-11 ■-12 1-5 Summer-6 Mouth-7 1-8 Seal-13 Summer-14 Seal-15 1-16 ■-17 1-18 ■-19 ■-20 I-25! -21! -22 ■-23 I-24 ■-29 Seal-31 l-32 I-34 I-35 IV-7 C Spirit H. cy3 ff-2 ff-5 IV-10 ■-11 ff-12 ■-14 ■-15 V-t V-6 V-7 V-2 V-3 ■-4 V-5 Dyes used in the present invention International Publication W0 8 8/04
No. 794, European Patent (EP) 0274723A1
No. 276,566, No. 299,435, JP-A No. 52-92716, No. 55-155350, No. 55
-155351, 61-205934, 48-
68623, U.S. Patent No. 2,527,583, 3
.. No. 486,897, No. 3,746,539, No. 3,
No. 933,798, 4. No. 130,429, 4,
It can be easily synthesized by the method described in No. 040,841, etc., and according to that method. A method of dyeing a specific layer using a water-insoluble dye solid is disclosed in JP-A-56-12639 and JP-A-55-1553.
No. 50, No. 55-155351, No. 63-27838
No. 63-197943, European Patent No. 15.601
No. 274,723, No. 276,566, No. 29
No. 9,435 and International Patent Application Publication WO 8 8/0
4 7 9 4 etc. However, it does not disclose the problem of sharpness in light-sensitive materials in which a high silver chloride emulsion layer consisting mainly of tabular grains is formed on a reflective support. In the present invention, a dye that is substantially insoluble in water having a pH of 6.0 or less is used as described in International Publication WO 88/0 4794,
European Patent (EP) No. 0276566 and JP-A-63
It is preferable to use it by dispersing it in a fine powder form in a colloid together with a dispersion aid according to the method described in Japanese Patent Application No. 197943. “In fine powder form” means its average particle size (projection,
circular approximation) is 1 μm or less, preferably 0.5 μm to 0
.. 01 μm, the colloid layer is substantially resistant to diffusion with respect to other adjacent layers, and is dispersed without coarsely agglomerating at 3 μm or more. cormorant. Examples of dispersion aids include ordinary nonionic surfactants, anionic surfactants, amphoteric surfactants, etc.
1 5272, page 201, lower left column to page 210, upper right column, the description of the cited patent specification and the specific compound W-
Compounds represented by 1 to w-99, Japanese Patent Publication No. 5
General formula [■] of No. 6-36415, Japanese Patent Publication No. 59-31-688, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 63-282738,
It is possible to select and use surfactants represented by the formulas [■] and [rX]. For example, (1) C-th H23CON-CH2 CH2 COONa spirit OH O-(CHz
Jx SO:+Na(x:y=j:f.X:Y-shape 6
J Also, a water-soluble organic solvent such as dimethylformamide, methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, dimethylsulfonylamide, etc. can be used as a dispersion aid. Hydrophilic colloids such as gelatin, casein,
Hydroxyl ethyl cellulose, poly-N-vinylpyrrolidone, polyacrylic acid, gelatin derivatives, and alkaline water can be used. The fine powder dispersion can be prepared by dissolving the solid dye in a water-soluble organic solvent and dispersing it in a colloidal aqueous solution having a neutral or acidic pH. Particularly preferably, the solid dye is wetted with water or an insoluble liquid, and then kneaded with a dispersion aid. A method in which solid dyes are made into fine particles in a mill and dispersed in a colloidal aqueous solution, a method in which the solid dye is made into a fine powder using ultrasound and then dispersed in a colloidal aqueous solution using a dispersion aid such as a surfactant, and an alkaline method. It can be produced by dissolving the dye in water and then decomposing it into an acidic aqueous colloid solution. It is preferable to use an organic acid, such as citric acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, or tartaric acid, in combination with the dye or colloid aqueous solution. The fine powder dye used in the present invention may be fine crystals of the dye or
The particles may have a micellar structure or may be microagglomerated particles. The particle size of powder particles can be determined by observing a cross section of a colloid layer containing them using a transmission electron microscope.
It can be measured. In the present invention, the hydrophilic colloid layer containing fine powder dye refers to a non-photosensitive layer (e.g., antihalation layer, antiirradiation layer, filter layer, subbing layer, intermediate layer, color mixing prevention layer, ultraviolet absorption layer, protective layer) ) or a photosensitive layer (silver halide emulsion layer). The content of this fine powder dye is preferably 5 mg/rd-1000 mg/rt? , more preferably 10 mg/rrr to 200 m
g/rr? It is. The optical density of the colored layer (hydrophilic colloid layer containing finely powdered dye) used in the present invention is:
The transmittance at the absorption peak wavelength in the visible region is preferably set to 80% or less, more preferably 50% or less, particularly preferably 30% or less. The absorption wavelength of the colored layer can be selected depending on the purpose, such as one that absorbs only light in a certain visible region or one that absorbs light in the entire visible region. The silver halide emulsion used in the present invention is one in which 80 mol % or more of the total silver halide constituting the grains consists of silver chloride. Preferably 80
It is mol% or more and 99.5 mol% or less, more preferably 90 mol% or more and 99 mol% or less. The remaining silver halide is silver bromide, and silver iodide may also be included, but it is most preferable that it is not included. When silver iodide is included, it is preferably 1 mol % or less. Further, the silver halide emulsion used in the present invention includes tabular grains having an average aspect ratio of 5 or more.
It accounts for at least 50% of the total projected area of the silver halide grains. The term "aspect ratio" used in this specification refers to the ratio of diameter to particle thickness. The "diameter" of a grain refers to the diameter of a circle having an area equal to the projected area of the grain when the emulsion grain is observed under a microscope or an electron microscope. From a shaded electron micrograph of an emulsion sample, the thickness and diameter of each grain can be measured, and the aspect ratio of each tabular grain can be calculated. The average aspect ratio of the silver halide emulsion used in the present invention is determined as follows. That is, from among all the silver halide grains present in the emulsion, those with a diameter of 0.1 to 10 μ and a thickness of 0.3 μ or less are selected, and tabular grains with a large aspect ratio are selected from among the silver halide grains with a sum of projected areas. Collect as many particles as necessary to exceed 50%, calculate the average aspect ratio of the particles thus collected, and make sure that the value is 5 or more. The diameter of the tabular silver halide grains used in the present invention is:
As mentioned above, 0.1 to 10μ, preferably 0.2 to 5μ.
0μ, particularly preferably 0.3 to 2.0μ.
Further, the thickness of the particles is 0.3 μm or less.
粒子の厚みは、平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子を構成する二つ
の平行な面の間の距離で表わされる.本発明において、
より好ましい平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子は、粒子直径が0
.2μm以上、5. 0μm以下で、粒子厚さが0.3
μm以下であり、かつアスベクト比(平均直径/平均厚
さ)が5以上30以下である。さらに好ましくは、粒子
直径が0.3μm以上2.0μm以下で、アスベクト比
が5以上8以下の粒子が全ハロゲン化銀粒子の全投影面
積の85%以上を占めるハロゲン化銀写真乳剤の場合で
ある。アスペクト比が30を越える場合にはハロゲン化
銀が溶けやすくなりすぎて好ましくない.
本発明で使用する平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子のサイズ分布
は狭くても又広くてもよいが、好ましくは単分散乳剤で
あり、単分散の程度を表わす粒子サイズ分布は統計学上
の標準偏差(s)と平均粒子サイズ(1)との比(s/
d)で0.25以下、より好ましくは0.23以下、さ
らに好ましくは0.15以下である,
本発明に用いる平板乳剤のハロゲン組成は粒子間で異な
っていても等しくてもよいが、粒子間で等しいハロゲン
組成を有する乳剤を用いると、各粒子の性質を均質にす
ることが容易である。また、ハロゲン化銀乳剤粒子内部
のハロゲン組或分布については、ハロゲン化銀粒子のど
の部分をとっても組成の等しいいわゆる均一型構造の粒
子や、ハロゲン化銀粒子内部のコア(芯)とそれを取り
囲むシェル(殼)[一層または複数層]とでハロゲン組
成の異なるいわゆる積層型構造の粒子あるいは、粒子内
部もしくは表面に非層状にハロゲン組成の異なる部分を
有する構造(粒子表面にある場合は粒子のエッジ、コー
ナーあるいは面上に異組成の部分が接合した構造)の粒
子などを適宜選択して用いることができる.高感度を得
るには、均一型構造の粒子よりも後二者のいずれかを用
いることが有利であり、耐圧力性の面からも好ましい。Grain thickness is expressed as the distance between two parallel planes that make up a tabular silver halide grain. In the present invention,
More preferred tabular silver halide grains have a grain diameter of 0.
.. 2 μm or more, 5. 0μm or less, particle thickness 0.3
μm or less, and the aspect ratio (average diameter/average thickness) is 5 or more and 30 or less. More preferably, in the case of a silver halide photographic emulsion, grains having a grain diameter of 0.3 μm or more and 2.0 μm or less and an aspect ratio of 5 or more and 8 or less occupy 85% or more of the total projected area of all silver halide grains. be. If the aspect ratio exceeds 30, the silver halide becomes too easy to dissolve, which is undesirable. The size distribution of the tabular silver halide grains used in the present invention may be narrow or wide, but monodisperse emulsions are preferred, and the grain size distribution, which represents the degree of monodispersity, has a statistical standard deviation ( s) and the average particle size (1) (s/
d) is 0.25 or less, more preferably 0.23 or less, still more preferably 0.15 or less. The halogen composition of the tabular emulsion used in the present invention may be different or equal among the grains, but When an emulsion having an equal halogen composition is used, it is easy to make the properties of each grain uniform. In addition, regarding the halogen composition or distribution inside silver halide emulsion grains, there are grains with a so-called uniform structure in which the composition is the same in every part of the silver halide grain, and grains with a core inside the silver halide grain and those surrounding it. A particle with a so-called layered structure in which the halogen composition differs between the shell (single layer or multiple layers), or a structure with a non-layered portion with a different halogen composition inside or on the particle surface (if it is on the particle surface, the edge of the particle , a structure in which parts of different compositions are joined on a corner or surface) can be selected and used as appropriate. In order to obtain high sensitivity, it is more advantageous to use one of the latter than particles with a uniform structure, and it is also preferable from the viewpoint of pressure resistance.
ハロゲン化銀粒子が上記のような構造を有する場合には
、ハロゲン組成において異なる部分の境界部は、明確な
境界であっても、組成差により混晶を形成して不明確な
境界であってもよく、また積極的に連続的な構造変化を
持たせたものであってもよい。When silver halide grains have the above-mentioned structure, even if the boundaries between parts with different halogen compositions are clear boundaries, the boundaries may be unclear due to the formation of mixed crystals due to compositional differences. Alternatively, it may be one that actively has continuous structural changes.
高塩化銀乳剤においては臭化銀局在層を先に述べたよう
な層状もしくは非層状にハロゲン化銀粒子内部および/
または表面に有する構造のものが好ましい.上記局在層
のハロゲン組成は、臭化銀含有率において少なくとも1
0モル%のものが好ましく、20モル%を越えるものが
より好ましい.そして、これらの局在層は、粒子内部、
粒子表面のキッジ、コーナーあるいは面上にあることが
できるが、一つの好ましい例として、粒子のコーナ一部
にエビタキシャル成長したものを挙げることができる.
一方、感光材料が圧力を受けたときの感度低下を極力抑
える目的で、塩化銀含有率90モル%以上の高塩化銀乳
剤において、粒子内のハロゲン組成の分布の小さい均一
構造の粒子を用いることも好ましく行われる.
また、現像処理液の補充量を低減する目的でハロゲン化
銀乳剤の塩化銀含有率をさらに高めることも有効である
.このような場合にはその塩化銀含有率が98モル%〜
100モル%であるような、ほぼ純塩化銀の乳剤も好ま
しく用いられる.
本発明に用いられるハロゲン化銀粒子は感光材料が目標
とする階調を満足させるために実質的に同一の感色性を
有する乳剤層において粒子サイズの異なる2種以上の単
分散ハロゲン化銀乳剤を同一層に混合または別層に重層
塗布することができろ.さらに2種類以上の多分散ハロ
ゲン化銀乳剤あるいは単分散乳剤と多分散乳剤との組合
わせを混合あるいは重層して使用することもできる.本
発明で使用する平板状ハロゲン化銀乳剤は、Cugna
c, Chateauの報告や、puffin著「写真
乳剤の化学J (Photographic Emu
lsion Che+++istry)(Focal
Press刊、New York 1966年)66頁
〜72頁、及びA. P. H. Trivelli,
W. F. Smith編「写真雑誌J (Phot
. Journal) 80 (1940年)285頁
に記載されているが、特開昭58−113927号、同
58−113928号、同58−127921号、同5
8−111935号、同58−111936号、同58
−111937号、同58−10853号、同62−2
18959号、米国特許第4,399.215号.同4
,400,463号、ヨーロッパ特許第0.288,9
49号に記載された方法等を参照すれば容易に調製する
ことができる.
例えばpc120.3の低pCβを保ちながら、アデニ
ンとチオエーテル結合を含みペブタイザーの存在下で、
NaCβ溶液とA g N O s溶液を同時に添加し
純塩化銀平板状粒子を形成後、KBr溶液を添加するこ
とにより得られる.
平板状ハロン化銀粒子の大きさは、温度調節、溶剤の種
類や質の選択、粒子成長時に用いる銀塩、及びハロゲン
化物の添加速度等をコントロールすることにより調整す
ることかできる。In high silver chloride emulsions, the silver bromide localized layer is formed in a layered or non-layered manner inside silver halide grains and/or in a layered or non-layered manner as described above.
Or those with a structure on the surface are preferable. The halogen composition of the localized layer is at least 1 in terms of silver bromide content.
0 mol% is preferred, and more than 20 mol% is more preferred. And these localized layers are inside the particle,
It can be located on the surface of the particle, at the corner, or on the surface, but one preferred example is one in which epitaxial growth occurs on a part of the corner of the particle. On the other hand, in order to minimize the decrease in sensitivity when a photosensitive material is subjected to pressure, it is necessary to use grains with a uniform structure with a small distribution of halogen composition within the grains in a high silver chloride emulsion with a silver chloride content of 90 mol% or more. Also preferably done. It is also effective to further increase the silver chloride content of the silver halide emulsion for the purpose of reducing the amount of replenishment of the processing solution. In such cases, the silver chloride content is 98 mol% or more.
Emulsions of nearly pure silver chloride, such as 100 mol %, are also preferably used. The silver halide grains used in the present invention are composed of two or more types of monodispersed silver halide emulsions with different grain sizes in an emulsion layer having substantially the same color sensitivity in order to satisfy the target gradation of the light-sensitive material. Can be mixed in the same layer or coated in separate layers. Furthermore, two or more types of polydisperse silver halide emulsions or a combination of monodisperse emulsions and polydisperse emulsions may be mixed or layered for use. The tabular silver halide emulsion used in the present invention is manufactured by Cugna
c, Chateau's report, and Puffin's ``Chemistry of Photographic Emulsions J''.
lsion Che+++istry) (Focal
Press, New York, 1966), pp. 66-72, and A. P. H. Trivelli,
W. F. Edited by Smith “Photo Magazine J”
.. Journal) 80 (1940), p. 285;
No. 8-111935, No. 58-111936, No. 58
-111937, 58-10853, 62-2
No. 18959, U.S. Pat. No. 4,399.215. Same 4
, 400,463, European Patent No. 0.288,9
It can be easily prepared by referring to the method described in No. 49. For example, in the presence of a pebutizer containing adenine and thioether bonds while maintaining a low pCβ of pc120.3,
It is obtained by simultaneously adding a NaCβ solution and an A g N O s solution to form pure silver chloride tabular grains, and then adding a KBr solution. The size of the tabular silver halide grains can be adjusted by controlling the temperature, selection of the type and quality of the solvent, the silver salt used during grain growth, the addition rate of the halide, etc.
本発明の平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子の製造時に、必要に応
じてハロゲン化銀溶剤を用いることにより、粒子サイズ
、粒子の形状(直径/厚み比等)、粒子サイズの分布、
粒子の成長速度をコントロールすることができる.溶剤
の使用量は、反応溶液の10−’〜1.0重量%の範囲
が好ましく、特に10−”〜10−’重量%の範囲が好
ましい.本発明においては、溶剤の使用量の増加と共に
粒子サイズ分布を単分散化し、成長速度を進めることが
できる一方、溶剤の使用量と共に粒子の厚みが増加する
傾向もある.
本発明においては、ハロゲン化銀溶剤として公知のもの
を使用することができる.しばしば用いられるハロゲン
化銀溶剤としては、アンモニア、チオエーテル、チオ尿
素類、チオシアネート塩、チアゾリンチオン類などを挙
げることができる。When producing the tabular silver halide grains of the present invention, by using a silver halide solvent as necessary, grain size, grain shape (diameter/thickness ratio, etc.), grain size distribution,
The growth rate of particles can be controlled. The amount of the solvent used is preferably in the range of 10-' to 1.0% by weight of the reaction solution, particularly preferably in the range of 10-' to 10-'% by weight.In the present invention, as the amount of the solvent used increases, While it is possible to make the grain size distribution monodisperse and increase the growth rate, there is also a tendency for the thickness of the grains to increase with the amount of solvent used.In the present invention, known silver halide solvents can be used. Silver halide solvents that are often used include ammonia, thioethers, thioureas, thiocyanate salts, thiazolinthiones, and the like.
チオエーテルに関しては、米国特許第3,271,15
7号、同第3,574.628号、同第3,790,3
87号等を参考にすることができる。また、チオ尿素類
に関しては特開昭53−82408号、同55−777
37号、チオシアネート塩に関しては米国特許第2,2
22,264号、同第2,448,534号、同第3.
320,069号、チアゾリンチオン類に関しては、特
開昭53−144319号をそれぞれ参考にすることが
できる。For thioethers, U.S. Pat. No. 3,271,15
No. 7, No. 3,574.628, No. 3,790,3
No. 87 etc. can be referred to. Regarding thioureas, JP-A-53-82408 and JP-A-55-777
No. 37, U.S. Pat. No. 2,2 for thiocyanate salts.
No. 22,264, No. 2,448,534, No. 3.
No. 320,069, and Japanese Patent Application Laid-open No. 144319/1989 can be referred to with respect to thiazolinthiones.
ハロゲン化銀粒子の形成又は物理熟成の過程においては
、カドミウム塩、亜鉛塩、鉛塩、タリウム塩、イリジウ
ム塩又はその錯塩、ロジウム塩又はその錯塩、鉄酸また
は鉄錯塩等を共存させてもよい。In the process of forming or physically ripening silver halide grains, cadmium salts, zinc salts, lead salts, thallium salts, iridium salts or complex salts thereof, rhodium salts or complex salts thereof, iron acid or iron complex salts, etc. may coexist. .
本発明で使用する平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子の製造時には
、粒子戊長を速めるために添加する銀塩溶液(例えばA
g N O s水溶液)とハロゲン化アルカリ水溶液
(例えばN a C 12水溶液)の添加速度、添加量
、添加濃度を上昇させる方法が好ましく用いられる.こ
れらの方法に関しては、例えば英国特許第1.335.
925号、米国特許第3.650,757号、同第3,
672.900号、同第4,242,445号、特開昭
55ー142329号、同55−158124号等の記
載を参考にすることができる.
ハロゲン化銀乳剤は、粒子形成後、通常、物理熟成、脱
塩、化学熟成および分光増感を行ってから塗布に使用す
る.物理熟或後の乳剤から可溶性銀塩を除去するために
は、メーデル水洗、フロキュレーション沈降法または限
外ろ過法などに従う.
本発明で使用する平板状ハロゲン化銀粒子は、必要によ
り化学増感をすることができる.すなわち、活性ゼラチ
ンや銀と反応し得る硫黄を含む化合物(例えばチオ硫酸
塩、チオ尿素類、メルカブト化合物類、ローダニン類)
を用いる硫黄増感法;還元性物質(例えば、第一錫塩、
アミン類、ヒドラジン誘導体、ホルムアミジンスルフィ
ン酸、シラン化合物)を用いる還元増感法:貴金属化合
物(例えば、金錯塩の他、pt、Ir.Pd,Ph%F
eなどの周期律表第■族の金属の錯塩)を用いる貴金属
増感法などを単独又は組み合わせて用いることができる
.
分光増感は、本発明の感光材料における各層の乳剤に対
して所望の光波長域に分光感度を付与する目的で行われ
る。本発明においては目的とする分光感度に対応する波
長域の光を吸収する色素一分光増感色素を添加すること
で行うことが好ましい。このとき用いられる分光増感色
素としては例えば、F. M. Harmer著、He
terocyclic compounds−Cyan
ine dyes and related comp
ounds(JohnWiley & Sons (N
ew York, London1社刊、1964年)
に記載されているものを挙げることができる。具体的な
化合物の例ならびに分光増感法は、前出の特開昭62−
2 1 5272号公報明細書の第22頁右上欄〜第3
8頁に記載のものが好ましく用いられる.
本発明に用いるハロゲン化銀乳剤には、感光材料の製造
工程、保存中あるいは写真処理中のかぶりを防止する、
あるいは写真性能を安定化させる目的で種々の化合物あ
るいはそれ等の前駆体を添加することができる。これら
の化合物の具体例は前出の特開昭62−215272号
公報明細書の第39頁〜第72頁に記載のものが好まし
く用いられる.
本発明のカラー写真感光材料は、支持体上に青感性ハロ
ゲン化銀乳剤層、緑感性ハロゲン化銀乳剤層および赤感
性ハロゲン化銀乳剤層を少なくとも一層ずつ塗設して構
成することができる.一般のカラー印画紙では、支持体
上に前出の順で塗設されているのが普通であるが、これ
と異なる順序であってもよい。また、赤外感光性ハロゲ
ン化銀乳剤層を前記の乳剤層の少なくとも一つの替りに
用いることができる。これ等の感光性乳剤層には、それ
ぞれの波長域に感度を有するハロゲン化銀乳剤と、感光
する光と補色の関係にある色素一すなわち青に対するイ
エロー、緑に対するマゼンタそして赤に対するシアンー
を形成するいわゆるカラーカブラーを含有させることで
減色法の色再現を行うことができる.ただし、感光層と
カブラーの発色色相とは、上記のような対応を持たない
構成としてもよい.
本発明に用いる平板乳剤は感光層の少なくとも一つ(例
えば青感贋や赤感層など)に含有されてもよく、また全
感光層中に含まれてもよい.感色性の異なる複数の感光
層に本発明による平板乳剤が含有される場合は、その分
光波長に対応して、それぞれ本発明による着色層が該感
光層と支持体の間に配置されるのが好ましい.
カラー感光材料には芳香族アξン系発色現像薬の酸化体
とカップリングしてそれぞれイエロー、マゼンタ、シア
ンに発色するイエローカプラー、マゼンタカブラー及び
シアンヵブラーが通常用いられる.
本発明において好ましく使用されるシアンヵブラー、マ
ゼンタヵプラーおよびイエローカプラーは、下記一般式
(C− 1)、(C一■)、(M−T)、(M−1f)
および(Y)で示されるものである.
一般式(C− 1 )
0H
一般式(C−n)
一般式(M−1)
一般式(M一■)
0H
Y冨
一般式(Y)
一般式(C−1)および(C−11)において、R1、
R2およびR4は置換もしくは無置換の脂肪族、芳香族
または複素環基を表し、R,、RSおよびR,は水素原
子、ハロゲン原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基またはアシルア
ミノ基を表し、R,はRオと共に含窒素の5jii!!
!もしくは6員環を形威する非金属原子群を麦してもよ
いa Yl% Ytは水素原子または現像主薬の酸化体
とのカップリング反応時に離脱しうる基を表す.nは0
又はlを表す.
一a式(C−11)におけるRsとしては脂肪族基であ
ることが好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロ
ビル基、ブチル基、ペンタデシル基、tert−ブチル
基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基、フェ
ニルチオメチル基、ドデシルオキシフェニルチオメチル
基、プタンアミドメチル基、メトキシメチル基などを挙
げることができる.
前記一般式(C−1)または(C−I1)で表わされる
シアンカプラーの好ましい例は次の通りである.
一般式(C−1)において好ましいR.はアリール基、
複素環基であり、バロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルコキ
シ基、ア゛リールオキシ基、アシルア壽ノ基、アシル基
、カルバモイル基、スルホンアミド基、スルファモイル
基、スルホニル基、スルファミド碁、オキシカルボニル
碁、シアノ基で置換さーれたアリール基であることがさ
らに好ましい.一般式(C−1)においてR,とRzで
環を形威しない場合、R8は好ましくは置換もしくは無
置換のアルキル基、アリール基であり、特に好ましくは
置換アリールオキシ置換のアルキル基であり、R,は好
ましくは水素原子である.
一a式(c−n)において好ましいR,は置喚もしくは
mztnのアルキル基、了りール基であり、特に好まし
くは置換アリールオキシttaのアルキル基である.
−IG式(C−I1)において好ましいR,は炭素数2
〜15のアルキル基および炭素数1以上の置換基を有す
るメチル基であり、置換基としてはアリールチオ基、ア
ルキルチオ基、アシルアミノ基、アリールオキシ基、ア
ルキルオキシ基が好ましい.一般式(C−I1)におい
てRSは炭素数2〜l5のアルキル基であることがさら
に好ましく、炭素数2〜4のアルキル基であることが特
に好ましい.一般式(C−n)において好ましいR4は
水素原子、ハロゲン原子であり、塩素原子およびフッ素
原子.が特に好ましい.一般式(C−1)および(C−
n)において好ましいY,およびYtはそれぞれ、水素
原子、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基
、アシルオキシ基、スルホンア壽ド基である.
一般式CM−1)において、R7およびR,はアリール
基を表し、R.は水素原子、脂肪族もしくは芳香族のア
シル基、脂肪族もしくは芳香族のスルホニル基を表し、
Y,は水素原子または離脱基を表す.R,およびI?,
のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)に許容される置
換基は、置換基R.に対して許容される置換基と同じで
あり、2つ以上の置換基があるときは同一でも異なって
いてもよい.R.は好ましくは水素原子、脂肪族のアシ
ル基またはスルホニル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原
子である.好ましいhはイオウ、酸素もしくは窒素原子
のいずれかで離脱する型のものであり、例えば米国特許
第4,351.897号や国際公開W 0 88/04
795号に記載されているようなイオウ原子離脱型は特
に好ましい.
一般式(M−n)において、R1.は水素原子または置
換基を表すm Y4は水素原子または離脱基を表し、特
にハロゲン原子やアリールチオ基が好ましい, Za,
ZbおよびZcはメチン、f換メチン、一N一又は一
問−を表し、Za − Zb結合とZb − Zc結合
のうち一方は二重結合であり、他方は単結合である.Z
b − Zc結合が炭素一炭素二重結合の場合は、それ
が芳香環の一部である場合を含むm Rl。またはY4
で2I体以上の多量体を形或する場合、またZa、zb
あるいはZcが置換メチンであるときはそのIftAメ
チンでlt体以上の多量体を形戒する場合を含む.
一般式(M−n)で表わされるビラゾロアゾール系カプ
ラーの中でも発色色素のイエロー副吸収の少なさおよび
光堅牢性の点で米国特許第4.500.630号に記載
のイミダゾ・(1,2−b)ピラゾール類は好ましく、
米国特許第4.540.654号に記載のピラゾロ(1
,5−b)(1.2,4] }リアゾールは特に好ま
しい.
その他、特開昭61−65245号に記載されたような
分剪アルキル基がビラゾロトリアゾール環の2、3又は
6位に直結してビラゾロトリアゾールカブラー、特開昭
61−65246号に記載されたような分子内にスルホ
ンアミド基を含んだビラゾロアゾールカブラー、特開昭
61−147254号に記載されたようなアルコキシフ
ェニルスルホンアミドバラスト基をもつビラゾロアゾー
ルカブラーや欧州特許(公開)第226.849号や同
第294.785号に記載されたような6位にアルコキ
シ基やアリーロキシ基をもつビラゾロトリアゾールカプ
ラーの使用が好ましい.
一般式(Y)において、R.はハロゲン原子、アルコキ
シ基、トリフルオロメチル基またはアリール基を表し、
R.は水素原子、ハロゲン原子またはアルコキシ基を表
す.Aは一NllCOR+3、−NHSOt−R+z、
−SOJHR+s , −COOR+x 、−SOJ
−Lx1
R.
を表わす.但し、l?tsとI?+aはそれぞれアルキ
ル基、アリール基またはアシル基を表すe ysは離脱
基を表す.R.とRts 、RI4の置換基としては、
hに対して許容された置換基と同じであり、離脱基Y.
は好ましくは酸素原子もしくは窒素原子のいずれかで離
脱する型のものであり、窒素原子離脱型が特に好ましい
.
一般式(C−1)、(C−11)、(M−1)、(M−
■)および(Y)で表わされるカプラーの具体例を以下
に列挙する.
(C−1)
C,Hv
(C−4)
0H
(C−9)
0■
(C−5)
(C−6)
CxHs
(C−7)
(C−8)
CJs
(C−13)
(C−14)
(C−15)
(C−16)
(C−17)
(C−18)
(C−19)
■
(M−1)
CI
らl
CM− 2 )
Ct
(M− 3 )
(C−20)
( C −21)
(C−22)
(M−4)
CM− 6 )
(Y− 1 )
(Y−2)
(Y−5)
(Y−6)
(Y−3)
(Y−4)
(Y−7)
(Y−8)
(Y−9)
上記一般式(C〜1)〜(Y)で表されるカプラーは、
感光層を構戒するハロゲン化銀乳剤層中に、通常ハロゲ
ン化銀1モル当たり0.1− 1.0モル、好ましくは
0.1〜0.5モル含有される.本発明において、前記
カプラーを感光層に添加するためには、公知の種々の技
術を適用することができる.通常、オイルプロテクト法
として公知の水中油滴分散法により添加することができ
、溶媒に溶解した後、界面活性剤を含むゼラチン水溶液
に乳化分散させる.あるいは界面活性剤を含むカブラー
溶液中に水あるいはゼラチン水溶液を加え、転相を伴っ
て水中油滴分散物としてもよい.またアルカリ可溶性の
カプラーは、いわゆるフィッシャー分散法によ゜っても
分散できる=カブラー分敗物から、蒸留、ヌードル水洗
あるいは限外濾過などの方法により、低沸点有機溶媒を
除去した後、写真乳剤と混合してもよい.
このようなカブラーの分散媒としては誘電率(25℃〉
2〜20、屈折率(25゜C)1.5〜1.7の高沸点
有JIJ i9媒および/または水不溶性高分子化合物
を使用するのが好ましい.
高沸点有機溶媒として、好ましくは次の一般式(A)〜
(E)で表される高沸点有II t9媒が用いられる.
一般式(A) W.
0
wt−o−p謂O
一般式(B)
W, −COO−Wt
一般式(E)
W+−0−At
(式中、Wls te1及び一,はそれぞれ置換もしく
は無置換のアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル
基、アリール基又はヘテ0環基を表わし、H4はH,、
01<,またはS−Lを表わし、nは、■ないし5の整
数であり、nが2以上の時はu4は互いに同じでも異な
っていてもよく、一般式(E)において、H1と賀2が
縮金環を形威してもよい〉.本発明に用いうる高沸点有
a溶媒は、−a式(A)ないし(E)以外でも融点がl
00℃以下、沸点が140℃以上の水と非混和性の化合
物で、カブラーの良溶媒であれば使用できる.高沸点有
機溶媒の融点は好ましくは80℃以下である.高沸点有
碑溶媒の沸点は、好ましくは160゜C以上であり、よ
り好ましくは170℃以上である.
これらの高沸点有機溶媒の詳細については、特開昭62
− 215272号公開明細書の第137頁右下欄〜
144頁右上欄に記載されている.
また、これらのカブラーは前記の高沸点有i溶媒の存在
下でまたは不存在下でローダブルラテックスポリマー(
例えば米国特許第4,203.716号)に含浸させて
、または水不溶性且つ有機溶媒可溶性のボリマーに溶か
して親水性コロイド水溶液に乳化分散させる事ができる
.
好ましくは国際公開W○88/00723号明細書の第
l2頁〜30頁に記載の単独重合体または共重合体が用
いられ、特にアクリルアミド系ボリマーの使用が色像安
定化等の上で好ましい.
本発明を用いて作られる感光材料は、色カブリ防止剤と
して、ハイドロキノン誘導体、アξノフェノール誘導体
、没食子酸誘導体、アスコルビン酸誘導体などを含有し
てもよい.
本発明の感光材料には、種々の褪色防止剤を用い仝こと
ができる.即ち、シアン、マゼンタ及び/又はイエロー
画像用の有i褪色防止剤としてはハイドロキノン類、6
−ヒドロキシクロマン類、5−ヒドロキシクマラン類、
スピロクロマン類、p−アルコキシフェノール類、ビス
フェノール類を中心としたヒンダードフェノール類、没
食子酸誘導体、メチレンジオキシベンゼン類、アミノフ
ェノーノレ類、ヒンダードア粟ン類およびこれら各化合
物のフェノール性水酸基をシリル化、アルキル化したエ
ーテルもしくはエステル誘導体が代表例として挙げられ
る.また、(ビスサリチルアルドキシマト)ニッケル諸
体および(ビスーN, N一ジアルキルジチオ力ルバマ
ト)ニッケル錯体に代表される金属錯体なども使用でき
る.有機褪色防止剤の具体例は以下の特許の明!1書に
記載されている. ゜
ハイドロキノン頚は米国特許第2,360.290号、
同第2.418.613号、同第2,700, 453
号、同第2,701,197号、同第2.728,65
9号、同第2,732,300号、同第2,735.7
65号、同第3.982,944号、同第4.430,
425号、英国特許第1,363.921号、米国特許
第2.710.801号、同第2.816.028号な
どに、6−ヒドロキシクロマン類、5−ヒドロキシクマ
ラン類、スピロクロマン類は米国特許第3.432,3
00号、同第3.573.050号、同第3,574.
627号、同第3,698,909号、同第3,764
.337号、特開昭52−152225号などに、スピ
ロインダン類は米国特許第4.360,589号に、p
−アルコキシフェノール類は米国4H’f第2.735
,765号、英国特許第2.066.975号、特開昭
59−10539号、特公昭57−19765号などに
、ヒンダードフェノール類は米国特許第3.100.4
55号、特開昭52−72224号、米国特許4,22
8.235号、特公昭52 − 6623号などに、没
食子酸誘導体、メチレンジオキシベンゼン類、アミノフ
ェノール類はそれぞれ米国特許第3,457.079号
、同第4.332.886号、特公昭56−21144
号などにミヒンダードア【ン類は米国特許第3.336
. 135号、同第4.268,593号、英国特許第
1.326,889号、同第1.354.313号、同
第1.410.846号、特公昭51−1420号、特
開昭58−114036号、同第59−53846号、
同第59−78344号などに、金属錯体は米国特許第
4.050.938号、同第4,241.155号、英
国特許第2.027,731(A)号などにそれぞれ記
載されている.これらの化合物は、それぞれ対応するカ
ラーカブラーに対し通常5ないし100重量%をカブラ
ーと共乳化して感光層に添加することにより、目的を達
戒することができる.シアン色素像の熱および特に光に
よる劣化を防止するためには、シアン発色層およびそれ
に隣接する両側の層に紫外線吸収剤を導入することがよ
り効果的である.
紫外線吸収剤としては、アリール基で置換されたペンゾ
トリアゾール化合物(例えば米国特許第3,533,7
94号に記載のもの)、4−チアゾリドン化合物(例え
ば米国特許第3.314,794号、同第3,352,
681号に記載のもの)、ベンゾフェノン化合物(例
えば特開昭46 − 2784号に記載のもの)、ケイ
ヒ酸エステル化合物(例えば米国特許第3,705.8
05号、同第3.707.395号に記載のもの)、ブ
タジエン化合物(米国特許第4.045.229号に記
載のもの)、あるいはベンゾオキシドール化合物(例え
ば米国特許第3.406.070号同3,677,67
2号や同4,271.307号にに記載のもの)を用い
ることができる.紫外線吸収性のカプラー(例えばα−
ナフトール系のシアン色素形戒カブラー)や、紫外線吸
収性のポリマーなどを用いてもよい.これらの紫外線吸
収剤は特定の層に媒染されていてもよい.なかでも前記
のアリール基で置換されたペンゾトリアゾール化合物が
好ましい.
また前述のカプラーと共に、特に下記のような化合物を
使用することが好ましい.特にビラゾロアゾールカプラ
ーとの併用が好ましい.即ち、発色現像処理後に残存す
る芳香族アミン系現像主薬と化学結合して、化学的に不
活性でかつ実質的に無色の化合物を生成する化合物(F
)および/または発色現像処理後に残存する芳香族アミ
ン系発色現像主薬の酸化体と化学結合して、化学的に不
活性でかつ実質的に無色の化合物を生成する化合物(G
)を同時または単独に用いることが、例えば処理後の保
存における膜中残存発色現像主薬ないしその酸化体とカ
ブラーの反応による発色色素生戒によるステイン発生そ
の他の副作用を防止する上で好ましい。When producing the tabular silver halide grains used in the present invention, a silver salt solution (for example, A
A method of increasing the addition rate, amount, and concentration of an aqueous alkali halide solution (e.g., an aqueous NaC 12 solution) and an aqueous NaC 12 solution is preferably used. These methods are described, for example, in British Patent No. 1.335.
No. 925, U.S. Patent No. 3,650,757, U.S. Pat.
672.900, 4,242,445, JP-A-55-142329, JP-A-55-158124, etc., may be referred to. After grain formation, silver halide emulsions are usually subjected to physical ripening, desalting, chemical ripening, and spectral sensitization before being used for coating. To remove soluble silver salts from the emulsion after physical ripening, use Medel's water washing, flocculation sedimentation method, or ultrafiltration method. The tabular silver halide grains used in the present invention can be chemically sensitized if necessary. That is, sulfur-containing compounds that can react with activated gelatin and silver (e.g. thiosulfates, thioureas, merkabut compounds, rhodanines).
Sulfur sensitization method using reducing substances (e.g. stannous salts,
Reduction sensitization method using noble metal compounds (e.g., gold complex salts, pt, Ir.Pd, Ph%F)
A noble metal sensitization method using complex salts of metals of group Ⅰ of the periodic table such as e) can be used alone or in combination. Spectral sensitization is carried out for the purpose of imparting spectral sensitivity in a desired light wavelength range to the emulsion of each layer in the light-sensitive material of the present invention. In the present invention, it is preferable to add a spectral sensitizing dye that absorbs light in a wavelength range corresponding to the desired spectral sensitivity. Spectral sensitizing dyes used at this time include, for example, F. M. by Harmer, He
terocyclic compounds-Cyan
ine dies and related comp
ounds (John Wiley & Sons (N
ew York, London 1, 1964)
Examples include those listed in . Specific examples of compounds and spectral sensitization methods are described in the above-mentioned JP-A-62-
2 1 5272 Publication Specification, page 22, upper right column to 3rd page
The one described on page 8 is preferably used. The silver halide emulsion used in the present invention has the following properties:
Alternatively, various compounds or their precursors can be added for the purpose of stabilizing photographic performance. As specific examples of these compounds, those described on pages 39 to 72 of the specification of JP-A-62-215272 mentioned above are preferably used. The color photographic light-sensitive material of the present invention can be constructed by coating at least one blue-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer, one green-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer, and one red-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer on a support. In general color photographic paper, the layers are usually coated on the support in the above order, but they may be applied in a different order. Furthermore, an infrared-sensitive silver halide emulsion layer can be used in place of at least one of the above-mentioned emulsion layers. These photosensitive emulsion layers contain a silver halide emulsion sensitive to each wavelength range, and dyes that are complementary colors to the light to be exposed, namely yellow for blue, magenta for green, and cyan for red. By containing so-called color couplers, subtractive color reproduction can be performed. However, the coloring hues of the photosensitive layer and the coupler may not correspond as described above. The tabular emulsion used in the present invention may be contained in at least one of the light-sensitive layers (for example, a blue-sensitive layer or a red-sensitive layer), or may be contained in all the light-sensitive layers. When the tabular emulsion according to the present invention is contained in a plurality of photosensitive layers having different color sensitivities, a colored layer according to the present invention may be disposed between the photosensitive layer and the support, depending on the spectral wavelength. is preferable. Yellow couplers, magenta couplers, and cyan couplers, which produce yellow, magenta, and cyan colors, respectively, by coupling with oxidized products of aromatic amine color developers are commonly used in color photosensitive materials. The cyan coupler, magenta coupler and yellow coupler preferably used in the present invention have the following general formulas (C-1), (C-1), (MT), (M-1f).
and (Y). General formula (C-1) 0H General formula (C-n) General formula (M-1) General formula (M1) 0H Ytomi General formula (Y) General formula (C-1) and (C-11) In, R1,
R2 and R4 represent a substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, aromatic or heterocyclic group, R,, RS and R represent a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, aliphatic group, aromatic group or acylamino group, R, is nitrogen-containing 5jii with Ro! !
! Alternatively, a group of nonmetallic atoms forming a 6-membered ring may be used.a Yl% Yt represents a hydrogen atom or a group that can be separated during a coupling reaction with an oxidized product of a developing agent. n is 0
Or represents l. Rs in Formula 1a (C-11) is preferably an aliphatic group, such as a methyl group, ethyl group, proyl group, butyl group, pentadecyl group, tert-butyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group, Examples include phenylthiomethyl group, dodecyloxyphenylthiomethyl group, butanamidomethyl group, and methoxymethyl group. Preferred examples of the cyan coupler represented by the general formula (C-1) or (C-I1) are as follows. In general formula (C-1), preferred R. is an aryl group,
A heterocyclic group, including a balogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, an acyl group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfamide group, an oxycarbonyl group, and a cyano group. More preferably, it is an aryl group substituted with a group. In general formula (C-1), when R and Rz do not form a ring, R8 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group or aryl group, particularly preferably a substituted aryloxy-substituted alkyl group, R is preferably a hydrogen atom. In formula 1a (c-n), R is preferably an alkyl group of substituent or mztn, or an aryol group, and particularly preferably an alkyl group of substituted aryloxytta. - In formula (C-I1), R is preferably 2 carbon atoms.
It is a methyl group having an alkyl group of ~15 and a substituent having 1 or more carbon atoms, and the substituent is preferably an arylthio group, an alkylthio group, an acylamino group, an aryloxy group, or an alkyloxy group. In general formula (C-I1), RS is more preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 15 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. In the general formula (C-n), R4 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, etc. is particularly preferred. General formula (C-1) and (C-
Preferred Y and Yt in n) are a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, and a sulfonate group, respectively. In general formula CM-1), R7 and R represent an aryl group, and R. represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic or aromatic acyl group, an aliphatic or aromatic sulfonyl group,
Y represents a hydrogen atom or a leaving group. R, and I? ,
The permissible substituents for the aryl group (preferably phenyl group) include the substituent R. are the same as the substituents allowed for, and when there are two or more substituents, they may be the same or different. R. is preferably a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic acyl group or a sulfonyl group, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. Preferably h is of the type that leaves off with either sulfur, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, such as those disclosed in US Pat. No. 4,351.897 and International Publication W 0 88/04.
Particularly preferred are sulfur atom separation types, such as those described in No. 795. In general formula (M-n), R1. m represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, Y4 represents a hydrogen atom or a leaving group, and a halogen atom or an arylthio group is particularly preferred, Za,
Zb and Zc represent methine, f-reduced methine, 1N1, or 1Q-, and one of the Za-Zb bond and Zb-Zc bond is a double bond, and the other is a single bond. Z
When the b-Zc bond is a carbon-carbon double bond, m Rl including the case where it is part of an aromatic ring. or Y4
When forming a multimer of 2I or more, Za, zb
Alternatively, when Zc is a substituted methine, this includes the case where the IftA methine is used to form a multimer of lt-isomer or higher. Among the birazoloazole couplers represented by the general formula (M-n), imidazo-(1, 2-b) Preferred are pyrazoles,
Pyrazolo (1
, 5-b) (1.2,4] }Riazole is particularly preferred. In addition, a fractionated alkyl group as described in JP-A-61-65245 is placed at the 2, 3 or 6 position of the birazolotriazole ring. Directly linked birazolotriazole coupler, birazoloazole coupler containing a sulfonamide group in the molecule as described in JP-A-61-65246, alkoxyphenyl as described in JP-A-61-147254 Use of birazoloazole couplers with a sulfonamide ballast group or birazolotriazole couplers with an alkoxy or aryloxy group in the 6-position as described in EP 226.849 and EP 294.785. is preferable. In the general formula (Y), R. represents a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a trifluoromethyl group or an aryl group,
R. represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkoxy group. A is -NllCOR+3, -NHSOt-R+z,
-SOJHR+s, -COOR+x, -SOJ
-Lx1 R. represents. However, l? ts and I? +a represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or an acyl group, and ys represents a leaving group. R. and Rts, as a substituent of RI4,
The same substituents allowed for the leaving group Y.h.
is preferably a type that leaves off with either an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom, and a nitrogen atom splitting type is particularly preferred. General formula (C-1), (C-11), (M-1), (M-
Specific examples of couplers represented by (2) and (Y) are listed below. (C-1) C, Hv (C-4) 0H (C-9) 0 ■ (C-5) (C-6) CxHs (C-7) (C-8) CJs (C-13) (C -14) (C-15) (C-16) (C-17) (C-18) (C-19) ■ (M-1) CI et al CM-2) Ct (M-3) (C- 20) (C-21) (C-22) (M-4) CM-6) (Y-1) (Y-2) (Y-5) (Y-6) (Y-3) (Y-4 ) (Y-7) (Y-8) (Y-9) The couplers represented by the above general formulas (C-1) to (Y) are:
The silver halide emulsion layer constituting the photosensitive layer usually contains 0.1 to 1.0 mol, preferably 0.1 to 0.5 mol, per mol of silver halide. In the present invention, various known techniques can be applied to add the coupler to the photosensitive layer. Usually, it can be added by the oil-in-water dispersion method known as the oil protection method, in which it is dissolved in a solvent and then emulsified and dispersed in an aqueous gelatin solution containing a surfactant. Alternatively, water or an aqueous gelatin solution may be added to a coupler solution containing a surfactant to form an oil-in-water dispersion through phase inversion. Alkali-soluble couplers can also be dispersed by the so-called Fischer dispersion method; after removing the low-boiling point organic solvent from the coupler waste by distillation, noodle washing, or ultrafiltration, a photographic emulsion is prepared. May be mixed with As a dispersion medium for such a coupler, the dielectric constant (25℃〉
It is preferable to use a JIJ i9 medium with a high boiling point and/or a water-insoluble polymer compound having a refractive index (25°C) of 1.5 to 1.7. As the high boiling point organic solvent, preferably the following general formula (A) ~
A high boiling point II t9 medium represented by (E) is used. General formula (A) W. 0 wt-o-p So-called O General formula (B) W, -COO-Wt General formula (E) W+-0-At (In the formula, Wls te1 and 1, respectively, are substituted or unsubstituted alkyl groups, cycloalkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group or heterocyclic group, H4 is H,
01<, or S−L, n is an integer from ■ to 5, and when n is 2 or more, u4 may be the same or different from each other, and in general formula (E), H1 and Ka2 may take the form of a condensed ring. The high boiling point a solvent that can be used in the present invention also has a melting point of 1 other than -a formula (A) to (E).
It can be used as long as it is a water-immiscible compound with a boiling point of 140°C or lower and a temperature of 140°C or lower, and is a good solvent for couplers. The melting point of the high-boiling organic solvent is preferably 80°C or lower. The boiling point of the high boiling point solvent is preferably 160°C or higher, more preferably 170°C or higher. For details on these high boiling point organic solvents, please refer to JP-A-62
- Lower right column of page 137 of published specification No. 215272~
It is written in the upper right column of page 144. Additionally, these couplers can be applied to loadable latex polymers (
For example, it can be emulsified and dispersed in an aqueous hydrophilic colloid solution by impregnating it with a polymer (for example, US Pat. No. 4,203,716) or by dissolving it in a water-insoluble but organic solvent-soluble polymer. Homopolymers or copolymers described on pages 12 to 30 of WO88/00723 are preferably used, and acrylamide polymers are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of color image stabilization. The light-sensitive material produced using the present invention may contain a hydroquinone derivative, an axianophenol derivative, a gallic acid derivative, an ascorbic acid derivative, etc. as a color antifoggant. Various anti-fading agents can be used in the photosensitive material of the present invention. That is, hydroquinones, 6
-Hydroxychromans, 5-hydroxycoumarans,
Silylation of spirochromans, p-alkoxyphenols, hindered phenols including bisphenols, gallic acid derivatives, methylenedioxybenzenes, aminophenols, hindered millets, and the phenolic hydroxyl groups of these compounds. , alkylated ether or ester derivatives are typical examples. Further, metal complexes such as (bissalicylaldoximato)nickel complexes and (bis-N,N-dialkyldithiorubamato)nickel complexes can also be used. Specific examples of organic anti-fading agents are found in the following patents! It is written in one book.゜Hydroquinone neck is U.S. Patent No. 2,360.290,
2.418.613, 2.700, 453
No. 2,701,197, No. 2.728,65
No. 9, No. 2,732,300, No. 2,735.7
No. 65, No. 3.982,944, No. 4.430,
425, British Patent No. 1,363.921, US Patent No. 2.710.801, US Patent No. 2.816.028, etc., 6-hydroxychromans, 5-hydroxycoumarans, and spirochromans are U.S. Patent No. 3.432,3
No. 00, No. 3.573.050, No. 3,574.
No. 627, No. 3,698,909, No. 3,764
.. No. 337, JP-A-52-152225, etc., and spiroindanes are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,360,589, p.
-Alkoxyphenols are US 4H'f No. 2.735
, 765, British Patent No. 2.066.975, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10539/1982, Japanese Patent Publication No. 19765/1983, etc., and hindered phenols are described in US Patent No. 3.100.4.
No. 55, JP-A No. 52-72224, U.S. Patent No. 4,22
Gallic acid derivatives, methylenedioxybenzenes, and aminophenols are disclosed in U.S. Patent No. 3,457.079, U.S. Pat. 56-21144
U.S. Patent No. 3.336.
.. 135, British Patent No. 4.268,593, British Patent No. 1.326,889, British Patent No. 1.354.313, British Patent No. 1.410.846, Japanese Patent Publication No. 51-1420, Japanese Patent Publication No. No. 58-114036, No. 59-53846,
Metal complexes are described in U.S. Patent No. 4.050.938, U.S. Patent No. 4,241.155, British Patent No. 2.027,731 (A), etc., respectively. .. The purpose of these compounds can be achieved by co-emulsifying them with the respective color couplers and adding them to the photosensitive layer, usually in an amount of 5 to 100% by weight based on the corresponding color coupler. In order to prevent the cyan dye image from deteriorating due to heat and especially light, it is more effective to introduce an ultraviolet absorber into the cyan coloring layer and the layers on both sides adjacent to it. As ultraviolet absorbers, penzotriazole compounds substituted with aryl groups (for example, U.S. Pat. No. 3,533,7
94), 4-thiazolidone compounds (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,314,794, U.S. Pat. No. 3,352,
681), benzophenone compounds (e.g., those described in JP-A-46-2784), cinnamic acid ester compounds (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3,705.8)
05, 3.707.395), butadiene compounds (as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4.045.229), or benzoxide compounds (e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 3.406.070). 3,677,67
No. 2 and those described in No. 4,271.307) can be used. UV-absorbing couplers (e.g. α-
A naphthol-based cyan dye-type coupler) or an ultraviolet-absorbing polymer may also be used. These ultraviolet absorbers may be mordanted in a specific layer. Among these, the penzotriazole compounds substituted with the aforementioned aryl group are preferred. In addition, it is particularly preferable to use the following compounds together with the above-mentioned couplers. It is particularly preferred to use it in combination with a virazoloazole coupler. In other words, a compound (F
) and/or a compound (G
) is preferably used simultaneously or singly in order to prevent the generation of stains and other side effects due to the reaction of the color developing agent or its oxidized product in the film with the coupler during storage after processing.
化合物(F)として好ましいものは、p−アニシジンと
の二次反応速度定数k! (80゜Cのトリオクチノレ
ホスフェート中)が1.0ffi/一〇!・sec〜1
×10−J!/mol−secの範囲で反応する化合物
である.なお、二次反応速度定数は特開昭63−158
545号に記載の方法で測定することができる.
k2がこの範囲より大きい場合、化合物自体が不安定と
なり、ゼラチンや水と反応して分解してしまうことがあ
る.一方、k2がこの範囲より小さければ残存する芳香
族アミン系現像主薬と反応が遅く、結果として残存する
芳香族アミン系現像主薬の副作用を防止することができ
ないことがある.このような化合物(F)のより好まし
いものは下記一般式(F[)または(Fll)で表すこ
とができる.
一般式(Fl)
R,−(^).−X
一般式(F■)
Rt−C−Y
1
B
式中、Rls Rxはそれぞれ脂肪族基、芳香族基、ま
たはへテロ環基を表す.nはlまたは0を表す.Aは芳
香族アミン系現像薬と反応し、化学結合を形戒する基を
表わし、Xは芳香族アミン系現像薬と反応して離脱する
基を表わす.Bは水素原子、脂肪族基、芳香族基、ヘテ
ロ環基、アシル基、またはスルホニル基を表し、Yは芳
香族アミン系現像主薬が一般式(FII)の化合物に対
して付加するのを促進する基を表す.ここでI?,とX
,YとRtまたはBとが互いに結合して環状構造となっ
てもよい.
残存芳香族アえン系現像主薬と化学結合する方式のうち
、代表的なものは置換反応と付加反応である.
−IG式(FT)、(Fn)で表される化合物の具体例
については、特開昭63 − 158545号、同第6
2− 283338号、欧州特許公開298321号、
同211589号などの明細書に記載されているものが
好ましい.一方、発色現像処理後に残存する芳香族アミ
ン系現像主薬の酸化体と化学結合して、化学的に不活性
でかつ無色の化合物を生戒する化合物(G)のより好ま
しいものは下記一般式(Gl)で表わすことができる.
一般式(G!)
R − Z
式中、Rは脂肪族基、芳香族基またはへテロ環基を表わ
す.Zは求核性の基または感光材料中で分解して求核性
の基を放出する基を表わす.一般式(Gl)で表わされ
る化合物はZがPearsonの求核性″CH21値(
R. G. Pearson, et al., J.
八m.Ches. Soc., 90. 319 (1
968))が5以上の基か、もしくはそれから=iされ
る基が好ましい.一般式(Gl)で表わされる化合物の
具体例については欧州公開特許第255722号、特開
昭62−143048号、同62−229145号、特
願昭63−136724号、同62−214681号、
欧州特許公開298321号、同277589号などに
記載されているものが好ましい.また前記の化合物CG
)と化合物(F)との組合せの詳細については欧州特許
公開277589号に記載されている.
本発明に用いて作られた感光材料には、親木性コロイド
層にフィルター染料として,あるいはイラジエーシコン
やハレーションの防止その他種々の目的で,前記の染料
の他に水溶性染料や写真処理によって水溶性となる染料
を含有していてもよい.このような染料には、オキソノ
ール染料,へミオキソノール染料,スチリル染料、メロ
シアニン染料、シアニン染料及びアゾ染料が包含される
.なかでも才キソノール染料、へよ才キンノール染料及
びメロシアニン染料が有用である.本発明の感光材料の
乳剤層に用いることのできる結合剤または保護コロイド
としては、ゼラチンを用いるのが有利であるが、それ以
外の親水性コロイド単独あるいはゼラチンと共に用いる
ことができる.
本発明においてゼラチンは石灰処理されたものでも、酸
を使用して処理されたものでもどちらでもよい.ゼラチ
ンの製法の詳細はアーサー・ヴアイス著、ザ・マクロモ
レキュラー・ケミストリー・オプ・ゼラチン(アカデミ
ック・プレス、1964年発行)に記載がある.
本発明に用いる支持体としては通常、写真感光材料に用
いられているセルロースナイトレートフィルムやポリエ
チレンテレフタレートなどの透明フィルムや反射型支持
体が使用できる.本発明の目的にとっては、反射支持体
の使用がより好まし本発明に使用する「反射支持体」と
は、反射性を高めてハロゲン化銀乳剤層に形威された色
素画像を鮮明にするものをいい、このような反射支持体
には、支持体上に酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、炭酸カルシウ
ム、硫酸カルシウム等の光反射物質を分散含有する疎水
性樹脂を被覆したものや光反射性物質を分散含有する疎
水性樹脂を支持体として用いたものが含まれる.例えば
、バライタ紙、ポリエチレン被覆紙、ポリプロピレン系
合成紙、反射層を併設した、或は反射性物質を併用する
透明支持体、例えばガラス板、ポリエチレンテレフクレ
ート、三酢酸セルロースあるいは硝酸セルロースなどの
ポリエステルフィルム、ボリアミドフィルム、ボリカー
ボネートフィルム、ボリスチレンフィルム、塩化ビニル
樹脂等がある.
その他の反射型支持体として、鏡面反射性または第2種
拡散反射性の金属表面をもつ支持体を用いることができ
る.金属表面は可視波長域における分光反射率が0.5
以上のものがよく、また金属表面を相面化または金属粉
体を用いて拡散反射性にするのがよい.該金属としては
アルミニウム、錫、恨、マグネシウムまたはその合金な
どを用い、表面は圧延、蒸着、或いはメッキなどで得た
金属板、金属箔、または金属rsNの表面であってよい
.なかでも、他の基質に金属を蒸着して得るのがよい。A preferred compound (F) has a second-order reaction rate constant k! with p-anisidine. (in triocutinolephosphate at 80°C) is 1.0ffi/10!・sec~1
×10-J! /mol-sec. The second-order reaction rate constant is based on JP-A-63-158.
It can be measured by the method described in No. 545. If k2 is larger than this range, the compound itself becomes unstable and may react with gelatin or water and decompose. On the other hand, if k2 is smaller than this range, the reaction with the remaining aromatic amine developing agent will be slow, and as a result, side effects of the remaining aromatic amine developing agent may not be prevented. A more preferable compound (F) can be represented by the following general formula (F[) or (Fll). General formula (Fl) R, -(^). -X General formula (F■) Rt-C-Y 1 B In the formula, Rls Rx each represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, or a heterocyclic group. n represents l or 0. A represents a group that reacts with an aromatic amine developer to form a chemical bond, and X represents a group that reacts with an aromatic amine developer and leaves the group. B represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, a heterocyclic group, an acyl group, or a sulfonyl group, and Y promotes the addition of an aromatic amine developing agent to the compound of general formula (FII) represents a group that I here? , and X
, Y and Rt or B may be bonded to each other to form a cyclic structure. Among the methods of chemically bonding with residual aromatic aene-based developing agents, the typical ones are substitution reactions and addition reactions. -IG For specific examples of compounds represented by formulas (FT) and (Fn), see JP-A-63-158545 and JP-A No. 63-158545.
2-283338, European Patent Publication No. 298321,
Those described in specifications such as No. 211589 are preferred. On the other hand, a more preferable compound (G) that chemically bonds with the oxidized aromatic amine developing agent remaining after color development processing to form a chemically inert and colorless compound is the following general formula ( Gl). General formula (G!) R - Z In the formula, R represents an aliphatic group, an aromatic group or a heterocyclic group. Z represents a nucleophilic group or a group that decomposes in the photosensitive material to release a nucleophilic group. In the compound represented by the general formula (Gl), Z has Pearson's nucleophilicity "CH21 value (
R. G. Pearson, et al. , J.
Eight meters. Chess. Soc. , 90. 319 (1
A group in which 968)) is 5 or more, or a group in which =i is preferable. For specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (Gl), see European Patent Publication No. 255722, Japanese Patent Application Publication Nos. 62-143048, 62-229145, Japanese Patent Applications 63-136724, 62-214681,
Those described in European Patent Publication Nos. 298321 and 277589 are preferred. Also, the above compound CG
) and compound (F) are described in European Patent Publication No. 277589. In addition to the above-mentioned dyes, water-soluble dyes or water-soluble dyes made by photographic processing may be added to the photosensitive material produced using the present invention, as filter dyes in the wood-philic colloid layer, or for various purposes such as prevention of eradication and halation. It may also contain a dye. Such dyes include oxonol dyes, hemioxonol dyes, styryl dyes, merocyanine dyes, cyanine dyes and azo dyes. Among these, useful are xonol dyes, xonol dyes, and merocyanine dyes. As the binder or protective colloid that can be used in the emulsion layer of the light-sensitive material of the present invention, it is advantageous to use gelatin, but other hydrophilic colloids can be used alone or together with gelatin. In the present invention, the gelatin may be either lime-treated or acid-treated. Details of the method for producing gelatin are described in The Macromolecular Chemistry of Gelatin (Academic Press, 1964), written by Arthur Vuis. As the support used in the present invention, transparent films such as cellulose nitrate film and polyethylene terephthalate, which are usually used in photographic materials, and reflective supports can be used. For the purpose of the present invention, the use of a reflective support is more preferred, and the "reflective support" used in the present invention is defined as a "reflective support" that enhances the reflectivity and sharpens the dye image formed in the silver halide emulsion layer. Such reflective supports include those coated with a hydrophobic resin containing a dispersed light-reflecting substance such as titanium oxide, zinc oxide, calcium carbonate, and calcium sulfate, and those coated with a light-reflecting substance. This includes those using a dispersed hydrophobic resin as a support. Examples include baryta paper, polyethylene-coated paper, polypropylene synthetic paper, transparent supports with reflective layers or reflective materials, such as glass plates, polyester films such as polyethylene terephrate, cellulose triacetate, or cellulose nitrate. , polyamide film, polycarbonate film, polystyrene film, vinyl chloride resin, etc. As other reflective supports, supports with specular reflective or type 2 diffuse reflective metal surfaces can be used. The metal surface has a spectral reflectance of 0.5 in the visible wavelength range.
The above is preferable, and it is also preferable to make the metal surface a phased surface or use metal powder to make it diffusely reflective. The metal may be aluminum, tin, aluminum, magnesium, or an alloy thereof, and the surface may be a metal plate, metal foil, or metal RSN surface obtained by rolling, vapor deposition, plating, or the like. Among these, it is preferable to obtain the metal by vapor-depositing the metal onto another substrate.
金属表面の上には、耐水性樹脂とくに熱可塑性樹脂層を
設けるのが好ましい.本発明の支持体の金属表面をもつ
側の反対側には帯電防止層を設けるのがよい.このよう
な支持体の詳細については、例えば、特開昭61−21
0346号、同63−24247号、同63−2425
1号や同63−24255号などに記載されている.
これらの支持体は使用目的によって適宜選択できる.
光反射性物質としては、界面活性剤の存在下に白色顔料
を充分に混練するのがよく、また顔料粒子の表面を2〜
4価のアルコールで処理したものを用いるのが好ましい
.
白色顔料微粒子の規定された単位面積当りの占有面積比
率(%)は、最も代表的には観察された面積を、相接す
る64X6μの単位面積に区分し、その単位面積に投影
される微粒子の占有面積比率(%)CRL )を測定し
て求めることが出来る.占有面積比率(%)の変動係数
は、R.の平均値(R)に対するR.の標準偏差Sの比
s/Rによって求めることが出来る.対象とする単位面
積の個1k (n)は6以上が好ましい.従って変動係
数s / Rは
によって求めることが出来る.
本発明において、顔料の微粒子の占有面積比率(%)の
変動係数は0.15以下とくに0.12以下が好ましい
, 0.08以下の場合は、実質上粒子の分散性は『均
一である』ということができる.本発明のカラー写真感
光材料は、カラー現像、漂白定着、水洗処理(または安
定化処理)が施されるのが好ましい.漂白と定着は前記
のような−浴でなくて別個に行ってもよい.
本発明に使用されるカラー現像液中には、公知の芳香族
第一級アミンカラー現像主薬を含有する.好ましい例は
p−フエニレンジアξン誘導体であり、代表例を以下に
示すがこれらに限定されるものではない.
D−IN,N−ジエチルーp−フェニレンジアミン
D−2 2−アミノー5−ジエチルアミノトリエン
D−3 2−アミノー5−(N一エチルーN−ラウリル
アミノ)トルエン
D−4 4−(N一エチルーN−(β−ヒドロキシエ
チル)アミノ〕アニリン
D−5 2−メチル−4−〔N一エチルーN−(β−ヒ
ドロキシエチル)アミノ〕アニリン
D−6 4−アミノー3−メチルーN−エチルーN−〔
β一(メタンスルホンアミド)エチル〕−アニリン
D−7 N−(2−アミノー5−ジエチルアミノフェ
ニルエチル)メタンスルホンアミドD−8N,N−ジメ
チルーp−フェニレンジアミン
D−9 4−アミノー3−メチルーN=エチルーN−メ
トキシエチルアニリン
D−10 4−アミノー3−メチルーN−エチルーN
−β一エトキシエチルアニリン
D−11 4−ア果ノー3−メチルーN一エチルーN
一β−ブトキシエチルアニリン
上記p−フェニレンジアミンfj’EE体のうち特に好
ましくは4−アミノー3−メチルーN−エチルーN−〔
β−(メタンスルホンアミド)エチル〕ーアニリン(例
示化合物D−6)である.また、これらのp−フ二二レ
ンジアミン誘導体と硫酸塩、塩酸塩、亜硫酸塩、P−}
ルエンスルホン酸塩などの塩であってもよい.該芳香族
第一級アミン現像主薬の使用量は現像液12当り好まし
くは約0.1g〜約20g、より好ましくは約0.5
g〜約10gの濃度である.
本発明の実施にあたっては、実質的にベンジルアルコー
ルを含有しない現像液を使用することが好ましい.ここ
で実質的に含有しないとは、好ましくは2Ii#!以下
、更に好ましくは0.5Jd/ 1以下のベンジルアル
コール濃度であり、最も好ましくは、ベンジルアルコー
ルを全く含有しないことである.
本発明に用いられる現像液は、亜硫酸イオンを実質的に
含有しないことがより好ましい.亜硫酸イオンは、現像
主薬の保恒剤としての機能と同時に、ハロゲン化銀溶解
作用及び現像主薬酸化体と反応し、色素形成効率を低下
させる作用を有する.このような作用が、連続処理に伴
う写真特性の変動の増大の原因の1つと推定される.こ
こで実質的に含有しないとは、好ましくは3.OXIO
−”モル/l以下の亜硫酸イオン濃度であり、最も好ま
しくは亜硫酸イオンを全く含有しないことである.但し
、本発明においては、使用液に調液する前に現像主薬が
濃縮されている処理剤キットの酸化防止に用いられるご
く少量の亜硫酸イオンは除外される.
本発明に用いられる現像液は亜硫酸イオンを実質的に含
有しないことが好ましいが、さらにヒドロキシルアミン
を実質的に含有しないことがより好ましい.これは、ヒ
ドbキシノPア逅ンが現像液の保恒剤としての機能と同
時に自身が銀現像活性を持ち、ヒドロキシルアミンの濃
度の変動が写真特性に大きく影響すると考えられるため
である.ここでいうヒドロキシルアミンを実質的に含有
しないとは、好ましくは5.0X10−’モル/l以下
のヒドロキシルアミン濃度であり、最も好ましくはヒド
ロキシルアミンを全く含有しないことである.本発明に
用いられる現像液は、前記ヒドロキシルアξンや亜硫酸
イオンに替えて有機保恒剤を含有することがより好まし
い.
ここで有機保恒剤とは、カラー写真感光材料の処理液へ
添加することで、芳香族第一級アミンカラー現像主薬の
劣化速度を減じる有機化合物全般を指す.即ち、カラー
現像主薬の空気などによる酸化を防止する機能を有する
有機化合物類であるが、中でも、ヒドロキシルアミン誘
導体(ヒドロキシルアミンを除く.以下同様)、ヒドロ
キサム酸類、ヒドラジン類、ヒドラジド類、フェノール
類、α−ヒドロキシケトン類、α−アミノケトン類、[
、モノアミン類ζジアミン類、ポリアミン類、四級アン
モニウム塩類、ニトロキシラジカル類、アルコール類、
オキシム類、ジアミド化合物類、縮環式アミン類などが
特に有効な有機保恒剤である.これらは、特開昭63
− 4235号、同63−30845号、同63−21
647号、同63−44655号、同63−53551
号、同63−43140号、同63−56654号、同
63−58346号、同63−43138号、同63−
146041号、同63−44657号、同63−44
656号、米国特許第3,615.503号、同2,4
94,903号、特開昭52−143020号、特公昭
48−30496号などに開示されている.
その他保恒剤として、特開昭57−44148号及び同
57−53749号に記t 17) 各種金xi、特開
昭59−180588号記載のサリチル酸類、特開昭5
4 − 3532号記載のアルカノールアミン類、特開
昭56−94349号記載のボリエチレンイミン類、米
国特許第3.746,544号等記載の芳香族ポリヒド
ロキシ化合物等を必要に応じて含有しても良い.特にト
リエタノールアξンのようなアルカノールアミン類、ジ
エチルヒドロキシルアミンのようなジアルキルヒドロキ
シルアミン、ヒドラジン誘導体あるいは芳香族ポリヒド
ロキシ化合物の添加が好ましい.
前記の有機保恒剤のなかでもヒドロキシルアミン誘導体
やヒドラジン誘導体(ヒドラジン類やヒドラジド類)が
特に好ましく、その詳細については、特願昭ez−2s
s27oQ、同63−9713号、同63−97l4号
、同63−11300号などに記載されている.また前
記のヒドロキシルアξン誘導体またはヒドラジン誘導体
とアミン類を併用して使用することが、カラー現像液の
安定性の向上、しいては連続処理時の安定性向上の点で
より好ましい.前記のアミン類としては、特開昭63
− 239447号に記載されたような環状アミン類や
特開昭63−128340号に記載されたようなアミン
類やその他特願昭63−9713号や同63−1130
0号に記載されたようなアミン類が挙げられる.
本発明においてカラー現像液中に塩素イオンを3.5
XIO−”〜1.5 XIO゜■モル/l含有すること
が好ましい.特に好ましくは、4X10−t〜IXIO
−’モル/lである.塩素イオン濃度が1.5X10−
’〜to−’モル/lより多いと、現像を遅らせるとい
う欠点を有し、迅速で最大濃度が高いという本発明の目
的を達戒する上で好ましくない.また、3.5×101
モル/It未満では、カブリを防止する上で好ましくな
い.
本発明において、カラー現像液中に臭素イオンを3.0
X 10−5モル/fl − 1.OX10″1モル
/l含有することが好ましい.より好ましくは、5.0
×10− ’〜5X10−’モル/lである.臭素イオ
ン濃度がIXIO−’モル/j!より多い場合、現像を
遅らせ、最大濃度及び感度が低下し、3.OXIO−’
モル/l未満である場合、カブリを十分に防止すること
ができない.
ここで塩素イオン及び臭素イオンは現像液中に直接添加
されてもよく、現像処理中に感光材料から現像液に溶出
してもよい.
カラー現像液に直接添加される場合、塩素イオン供給物
質として、塩化ナトリウム、塩化カリウム、塩化アンモ
ニウム、塩化リチウム、塩化ニッケル、塩化マグネシウ
ム、塩化マンガン、塩化カルシウム、塩化カドミウムが
挙げられるが、そのうち好ましいものは塩化ナトリウム
、塩化カリウムである.
また、現像液中に添加されている蛍光増白剤から供給さ
れてもよい.
臭素イオンの供給物質として、臭化ナトリウム、臭化カ
リウム、臭化アンモニウム、臭化リチウム、臭化カルシ
ウム、臭化マグネシウム、臭化マンガン、臭化ニッケル
、臭化カドミウム、臭化セリウム、臭化タリウムが挙げ
られるが、そのうち好ましいものは臭化カリウム、臭化
ナトリウムである.現像処理中に感光材料から溶出する
場合、塩素イオンや臭素イオンは共に乳剤から供給され
てもよく、乳剤以外から供給されても良い.本発明に使
用されるカラー現像液は、好ましくはp119〜l2、
より好ましくは9〜11.0であり、そのカラー現像液
には、その他に既知の現像液戒分の化合物を含ませるこ
とができる.
上記pHを保持するためには、各種緩衝剤を用いるのが
好ましい.ri街剤としては、炭酸塩、リン酸塩、ホウ
酸塩、四ホウ酸塩、ヒドロキシ安息香酸塩、グリシル塩
,N,N−ジメチルグリシン塩、ロイシン塩、ノルロイ
シン塩、グアニン塩、3.4−ジヒドロキシフェニルア
ラニン塩、アラニン塩、アミノ酪酸塩、2−アミノー2
−メチル−1.3−プロパンジオール塩、バリン塩、ブ
ロリン塩、トリスヒドロキシアミノメタン塩、リジン塩
などを用いることができる.特に炭酸塩、リン酸塩、四
ホウ酸塩、ヒドロキシ安息香酸塩は、溶解性、pH 9
.0以上の高pHiil域での緩衝能に優れ、カラー現
像液に添加しても写真性能面への悪影W(カブリなど)
がなく、安価であるといった利点を有し、これらのm街
剤を用いることが特に好ましい.これらの緩衝剤の具体
例としては、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、重炭酸ナ
トリウム、重炭酸カリウム、リン酸三ナトリウム、リン
酸三カリウム、リン酸二ナトリウム、リン酸二カリウム
、ホウ酸ナトリウム、ホウ酸カリウム、四ホウ酸ナトリ
ウム(ホウ砂)、四ホウ酸カリウム、0−ヒドロキシ安
息香酸ナトリウム(サリチル酸ナトリウム)、o−ヒド
ロキシ安息香酸カリウム、5−スルホー2−ヒドロキシ
安息香酸ナトリウム(5−スルホサリチル酸ナトリウム
)、5−スルホー2−ヒドロキシ安息香酸カリウム(5
−スルホサリチル酸カリウム)などを挙げることができ
る.しか俵ながら本発明は、これらの化合物に限定され
るものではない.
該Ffi街剤のカラー現像液への添加量は、0.1モル
/l以上であることが好ましく、特に0.1モル/j!
〜0.4モル/1!であることが特に好ましい.その他
、カラー現像液中にはカルシウムやマグネシウムの沈澱
防止剤として、あるいはカラー現像液の安定性向上のた
めに、各種キレート剤を用いることができる.例えば、
ニトリロ三酢酸、ジエチレントリアξン五酢酸、エチレ
ンジアミン四酢酸、N,N,N−}リメチレンホスホン
酸、エチレンジアミンーN,N,N’ ,N’ −テト
ラメチレンスルホン酸、トランスシロヘキサンジアξン
四酢酸、1,2−ジアξノプロパン四酢酸、グリコール
エーテルジアミン四酢酸、エチレンジアミンオルトヒド
ロキシフ土ニル酢酸、2−ホスホノブタン−1.2.4
−}リカルボシ酸、1−ヒドロキシエチリデン−1,1
−ジホスホンa、N,N′−ビス(2−ヒドロキシベン
ジル)エチレンジアミンーN,N’−ジ酢酸等が挙げら
れる.こ.れらのキレート剤は必要に応じて211以上
併用しても良い.
これらのキレート剤の添加量はカラー現像液中の金属イ
オンを封鎖するのに充分な量であれば良い.例えばlj
!当り0.1g〜Log程度である.カラー現像液には
、必要により任意の現像促進剤を添加できる.
現像促進剤としては、特公昭37−16088号、同3
7−5987号、同3B − 7826号、同44−1
2380号、同45−9019号及び米国特許第3.
813, 247号等に表わされるチオエーテル系化合
物、特開昭52−49829号及び同so−tsss4
号に表わされるp−フェニレンジアミン系化合物、特開
昭50−137726号、特公昭44−30074号、
特開昭56−156826号及び同52−43429号
等に表わされる4級アンモニウム塩類、米国特許第2,
494.903号、同3. 128. 182号、同4
,230.796号、同3。253,919号、特公昭
41−11431号、米国特許第2, 482, 54
6号、同2, 596, 926号及び同3, 582
, 346号等に記載のアミン系化合物、特公昭37−
16088号、同42−25201号、米国特許第3.
128. 183号、特公昭41−11431号、同
42−23883号及び米国特許第3,532,501
号等に表わされるポリアルキレンオキサイド、その他l
−フェニル−3−ピラゾリドン類、イミダゾール類、等
を必要に応じて添加することができる.
本発明においては、必要に応じて、任意のカブリ防止剤
を添加できる.カブリ防止剤としては、塩化ナトリウム
、臭化カリウム、沃化カリウムの如きアルカリ金属ハロ
ゲン化物及び有機力ブリ防止剤が使用できる.有機カブ
リ防止剤としては、例えばペンゾトリアゾール、6−ニ
トロベンズイミグゾール、5−ニトロイソインダゾール
、5−メチルヘンゾトリアゾール、5−ニトロペンソト
リアゾール、5−クロローペンゾトリアゾール、2−チ
アゾリルーペンズイミダゾール、2−チアゾリルメチル
ーベンズイ造ダゾール、インダゾール、ヒドロキシアザ
インドリジン、アデニンの如き含窒素へテロ環化合物を
代表例としてあげることができる.
本発明に適用されうるカラー現像液には、蛍光増ロ剤を
含有するのが好ましい.蛍光増白剤としては、4.4′
−ジアミノー2.21−ジスルホスチルベン系化合物が
好ましい.添加量は0〜5g/l好ましくは0.1g〜
4/lである.又、必要に応じてアルキルスルホン酸、
アリールスルホン酸、脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボ
ン酸等の各種界面活性剤を添加しても良い.本発明に適
用されうるカラー現象液の処理温度は20〜50゜C好
ましくは30〜40’Cである.処理時間は20秒〜5
分好ましくは30秒〜2分である.補充量は少ない方が
好ましいが、感光材料1rrr当たり20〜600rI
I1が適当であり、好ましくは50〜300IllI!
である.更に好ましくは60d〜200m、最も好まし
くは60−〜150mである.
次に本発明に適用されうる脱銀工程について説明する.
脱銀工程は、一般には、漂白工程一定着工程、定着工程
一漂白定着工程、漂白工程一漂白定着工程、漂白定着工
程等いかなる工程を用いても良い.
以下に本発明に適用されうる漂白液、漂白定着液及び定
着液を説明する.
漂白液又は漂白定着液において用いられる漂白剤として
は、いかなる漂白剤も用いることができるが、特に鉄(
III)の有8l錯塩(例えばエチレンジアξン四酢酸
、ジエチレントリアミン五酢酸などのアミノボリカルボ
ン酸類、アミノボリホスホン酸、ホスホノカルボン酸お
よび有機ホスホン酸なとの錯塩)もしくはクエン酸、酒
石酸、リンゴ酸などの有機酸;過硫酸塩;過酸化水素な
どが好ましい.
これらのうち、鉄(Ill)の有i錯塩は迅速処理と環
境汚染防止の観点から特に好ましい.鉄(I[[)の有
機錯塩を形成するために有用なアξノボリカルボン酸、
アミノボリホスホン酸、もしくは有機ホスホン酸または
それらの塩を列挙すると、エチレンジア逅ン四酢酸、ジ
エチレントリアミン五酢酸、1. 3−ジアミノプロ
パン四酢酸、プロピレンジアミン四酢酸、ニトリロ三酢
酸、シクロヘキサンジアミン四酢酸、メチルイξノニ酢
酸、イ逅ノニ酢酸、グリコールエーテルジアミン四酢酸
、なと:を挙げることができる.これらの化合物はナト
リウム、カリウム、チリウム又はアンモニウム塩のいず
れでも良い.これらの化合物の中で、エチレンジアえン
四酢酸、ジエチレントリアミン五酢酸、シクロヘキサン
ジアミン四酢酸、1.3−ジアミノプロパン四酢酸、メ
チルイξノニ酢酸の鉄(nntt塩が漂白力が高いこと
から好ましい.これらの第2鉄イオン錯塩は錯塩の形で
使用しても良いし、第2鉄塩、例えば硫酸第2鉄、塩化
第2鉄、硝酸第2鉄、硫酸第2鉄アンモニウム、燐酸第
2鉄などとアミノボリカルポン酸、アミノボリホスホン
酸、ホスホノ力ルボン酸などのキレート剤とを用いて溶
液中で第2鉄イオン錯塩を形戒させてもよい.また、キ
レート剤を第2鉄イオン錯塩を形戒する以上に過剰に用
いてもよい.扶錯体のなかでもアミノボリカルボン酸鉄
錯体が好ましく、その添加量は0.01〜1.0モル/
L好ましくは0.05〜0.50モル/lである.漂白
液、−漂白定着液及び/またはこれらの前浴には、漂白
促進剤として種々の化合物を用いることができる.例え
ば、米国特許第3,893.858号明細書、ドイツ特
許第1.290.812号明細書、特開昭53−956
30号公報、リサーチディスクロージャー第17129
号( 1978年7月号)に記載のメルカブト基または
ジスルフィド結合を有する化合物や、特公昭45 −
8506号、特開昭52−20832号、同53−32
735号、米国特許3,706.561号等に記載のチ
オ尿素系化合物、あるいは沃素、臭素イオン等のハロゲ
ン化物が漂白力に優れる点で好ましい.
その他、本発明に適用されうる漂白液又は漂白定着液に
は、臭化物(例えば、臭化カリウム、臭化ナトリウム、
臭化アンモニウム)または塩化物(例えば、塩化カリウ
ム、塩化ナトリウム、塩化アンモニウム)または沃化物
(例えば、沃化アンモニウム)等の再ハロゲン化剤を含
むことができる.必要に応じ硼砂、メタ硼酸ナトリウム
、酢酸、酢酸ナトリウム、炭酸ナト゜リウム、炭酸カリ
ウム、亜燐酸、燐酸、燐酸ナトリウム、クエン酸、クエ
ン酸ナトリウム、酒石酸などのpl+緩衝能を有するt
atg以上の無機酸、有機酸およびこれらのアルカリ,
金属またはアンモニウム塩または、硝酸アンモニウム、
グアニジンなどの腐蝕防止剤などを添加することができ
る.
漂白定着液又は定着液に使用される定着剤は、公知の定
着剤、即ちチオ硫酸ナトリウム、チオ硫酸アンモニウム
などのチオ硫酸塩;チオシアン酸ナトリウム、チオシア
ン酸アンモニウムなどのチオシアン酸塩;エチレンビス
チオグIJコール酸、3.6−ジチアー1.8−オクタ
ンジオールなどのチオエーテル化合物および千オ尿素類
などの水溶性のハロゲン化銀溶解剤であり、これらを1
種あるいは2種以上混合して使用することができる.ま
た、特開昭55−155354号に記載された定着剤と
多量の沃化カリウムの如きハロゲン化物などの組み合わ
せからなる特殊な漂白定着液等も用いることができる.
本発明においては、チオ硫酸塩特にチオ硫酸アンモニウ
ム塩の使用が好ましい.liあたりの定着剤の量は、0
.3〜2モルが好ましく、更に好ましくは0.5〜l.
0モルの範囲である.漂白定着液又は定着液のpHsI
域は、3〜IOが好ましく、更には5〜9が特に好まし
い.
又、漂白定着液には、その他各種の蛍光増白剤や消泡剤
あるいは界面活性剤、ポリビニルピロリドン、メタノー
ル等の有8l溶媒を含有させることができる.
漂白定着液や定着液は、保恒剤として亜硫酸塩(例えば
、亜硫酸ナトリウム、亜硫酸カリウム、亜硫酸アンモニ
ウム、など)、重亜硫酸塩(例えば、重亜硫酸アンモニ
ウム、重亜硫酸ナトリウム、重亜硫酸カリウム、など)
、メタ重亜硫酸塩(例えば、メタ重亜硫酸カリウム、メ
タ重亜硫酸ナトリウム、メタ重亜硫酸アンモニウム、な
ど)等の亜硫酸イオン放出化合物を含有するのが好まし
い.これらの化合物は亜硫酸イオンに換算して約0.0
2〜0.05モル/l含有させることが好ましく、更に
好ましくは0.04〜0.40モル/lである.保恒剤
としては、亜硫酸塩の添加が一般的であるが、その他、
アスコルビン酸や、カルボニル重亜硫酸付加物、あるい
は、カルボニル化合物等を添加しても良い.
更には緩衝剤、蛍光増白剤、キレート剤、消泡剤、防カ
ビ剤等を必要に応じて添加しても良い.定着又は漂白定
着等の脱銀処理後、水洗及び/又は安定化処理をするの
が一般的である.水洗工程での水洗水量は、感光材料の
特性(例えばカブラー等使用素材による)や用途、水洗
水温、水洗タンクの数(段数)、向流、順流等の補充方
式、その他種々の条件によって広範囲に設定し得る.こ
のうち、多段向流方式における水洗タンク数と水量の関
係は、ジャーナル・オプ・ザ・ソサエティ・オブ・モー
シッン・ピクチャー・アンド・テレヴイジッン・エンジ
ニアズ(Journa 1or the Societ
y or Motion Picture and T
elevi−sion Engineers)第64巻
、p.248 〜253 (1955年5月号)に記載
の方法で、もとめることができる.通常多段向流方式に
おける段数は2〜6が好ましく、特に2〜4が好ましい
.
多段向流方式によれば、水洗水量を大巾に減少でき、例
えば感光材料1nf当たり0.5ffi−If以下が可
能であり、本発明の効果が顕著であるが、タンク内での
水の滞留時間増加により、バクテリアが繁殖し、生戒し
た浮遊物が感光材料に付着する等の問題が生じる.この
様な問題の解決策として、特開昭62 − 28883
8号に記載のカルシウム、マグネシウムを低減させる方
法を、極めて有効に用いることができる.また、特開昭
57 − 8542号に記載イソチアゾロン化合物やサ
イアベンダゾール類、M61−120145号に記載の
塩素化イソシアヌール酸ナトリウム等の塩素系殺菌剤、
特開昭61− 267761号に記載のペンゾトリアゾ
ール、銅イオンその他堀口博著「防菌防黴の化学J
(1986年)三共出版、衛生技術会績「微生物のtI
i菌、殺菌、防黴技術』(1982年)工業技術会、日
本防菌防黴学会瀉「防菌防黴剤事典J (1986年
)、に記載の殺菌剤を用いることもできる.
更に、水洗水には、水切り剤として界面活性剤や、硬水
軟化剤としてEDTAに代表されるキレート剤を用いる
ことができる.
以上の水洗工程に続くか、又は水洗工程を経ずに直接安
定液で処理することも出来る.安定液には、画像安定化
機能を有する化合物が添加され、例えばホルマリンに代
表ざれるアルデヒド化合物や、色素安定化に適したtl
ipHにiI製するための緩衝剤や、アンモニウム化合
物があげられる.又、液中でのバクテリアの繁殖防止や
処理後の感光材料に防黴性を付与するため、前記した各
種殺菌剤や防黴剤を用いることができる.
更に、界面活性剤、蛍光増白剤、硬膜剤を加えることも
できる.本発明の感光材料の処理において、安定化が水
洗工程を経ることなく直接行われる場合、特開昭57−
8543号、同58−14834号、同60− 220
345号等に記載の公知の方法を、すべて用いることが
できる.
その他、■−ヒドロキシエチリデン−1.1−ジホスホ
ン酸、エチレンジアミン四メチレンホスホン酸等のキレ
ート剤、マグネシウムやビスマス化合物を用いることも
好ましい態様である.脱銀処理後用いられる水洗液また
は安定化液としていわゆるリンス液も同様に用いられる
.水洗工程又は安定化工程の好ましいpHは4〜IOで
娶り、更に好ましくは5〜8である.温度は感光材料の
用途・特性等で種々設定し得るが、−aには15〜45
℃好まし《は20〜40゜Cである.時間は任意に設定
できるが短かい方が処理時間の低減の見地から望ましい
.好ましくはl5秒〜1分45秒更に好ましくは30秒
〜1分30秒である.補充量は、少ない方がランニング
コスト、徘出ttIi、取扱い性等の観点で好ましい.
具体的な好ましい補充量は、感光材料、単位面積あたり
前浴からの持込み量の0.5〜50倍、好ましくは3倍
〜40倍である.または感光材料trrt当り1l以下
、好ましくはSooIi以下である.また補充は連続的
に行っても間欠的に行ってもよい.水洗及び/又は安定
化工程に用いた液は、更に、前工程に用いることもでき
る.この例として多段向流方式によって削減して水洗水
のオーバーフローを、その前浴の漂白定着浴に流入させ
、漂白定着浴には濃縮液を補充して、廃液量を減らすこ
とがあげられる.
(実施例)
以下、本発明を実施例によって具体的に説明するが、本
発明はこれに限定されない.
参考例
本発明で用いる乳剤は、以下のように調製した.100
0ccの2.5%ゼラチン水溶液に、IN Ha S
o4 1 8.7ccと2.4−チアゾリジノン1gと
NaCj222.0gを加えた.この溶液を50℃に保
温し、強い撹拌下で37.5%のA g N O s水
溶液320ccと、12.9%のNaCn水溶液320
ccを、ダブルジェット法により45分間で添加した。It is preferable to provide a layer of water-resistant resin, especially thermoplastic resin, on the metal surface. It is preferable to provide an antistatic layer on the opposite side of the support of the present invention from the side having the metal surface. For details of such a support, see, for example, JP-A-61-21
No. 0346, No. 63-24247, No. 63-2425
It is described in No. 1 and No. 63-24255. These supports can be selected as appropriate depending on the purpose of use. As a light-reflecting substance, it is best to thoroughly knead a white pigment in the presence of a surfactant, and also coat the surface of the pigment particles with
It is preferable to use one treated with tetrahydric alcohol. The occupied area ratio (%) of white pigment fine particles per defined unit area is calculated by dividing the observed area into adjoining unit areas of 64 x 6μ, and dividing the area of fine particles projected onto that unit area. It can be determined by measuring the occupied area ratio (%) CRL). The coefficient of variation of the occupied area ratio (%) is R. The average value (R) of R. It can be determined by the ratio s/R of the standard deviation S of . The number of target unit areas 1k (n) is preferably 6 or more. Therefore, the coefficient of variation s/R can be found as follows. In the present invention, the variation coefficient of the occupied area ratio (%) of pigment fine particles is preferably 0.15 or less, particularly 0.12 or less. If it is 0.08 or less, the dispersibility of the particles is substantially "uniform". It can be said that. The color photographic material of the present invention is preferably subjected to color development, bleach-fixing, and water washing treatment (or stabilization treatment). Bleaching and fixing may be carried out separately rather than in a bath as described above. The color developer used in the present invention contains a known aromatic primary amine color developing agent. Preferred examples are p-phenylenediane derivatives, representative examples of which are shown below, but are not limited thereto. D-IN,N-diethyl-p-phenylenediamine D-2 2-amino-5-diethylaminotriene D-3 2-amino-5-(N-ethyl-N-laurylamino)toluene D-4 4-(N-ethyl-N- (β-hydroxyethyl)amino]aniline D-5 2-methyl-4-[N-ethyl-N-(β-hydroxyethyl)amino]aniline D-6 4-amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-[
β-(methanesulfonamido)ethyl]-aniline D-7 N-(2-amino-5-diethylaminophenylethyl)methanesulfonamide D-8 N,N-dimethyl-p-phenylenediamine D-9 4-amino-3-methyl-N =Ethyl-N-methoxyethylaniline D-10 4-amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N
-β-ethoxyethylaniline D-11 4-Afruit-3-Methyl-N-Ethyl-N
-β-Butoxyethylaniline Among the above p-phenylenediamine fj'EE forms, 4-amino-3-methyl-N-ethyl-N-[
β-(methanesulfonamido)ethyl]-aniline (exemplified compound D-6). In addition, these p-phenyl diamine derivatives and sulfates, hydrochlorides, sulfites, P-}
Salts such as luenesulfonate may also be used. The amount of the aromatic primary amine developing agent used is preferably about 0.1 g to about 20 g, more preferably about 0.5 g per 12 developing solutions.
g to about 10 g. In carrying out the present invention, it is preferable to use a developer that does not substantially contain benzyl alcohol. Here, "substantially not containing" preferably means 2Ii#! More preferably, the benzyl alcohol concentration is 0.5 Jd/1 or less, and most preferably, no benzyl alcohol is contained at all. It is more preferable that the developer used in the present invention does not substantially contain sulfite ions. The sulfite ion functions as a preservative for the developing agent, and at the same time has the effect of dissolving silver halide and reacting with the oxidized product of the developing agent, reducing the dye formation efficiency. Such an effect is presumed to be one of the causes of increased fluctuations in photographic characteristics due to continuous processing. Here, "substantially not containing" preferably means 3. OXIO
- The concentration of sulfite ions is less than 1 mol/l, and most preferably, no sulfite ions are contained at all. The very small amount of sulfite ions used to prevent oxidation in the kit is excluded. The developer used in the present invention preferably contains substantially no sulfite ions, and more preferably substantially no hydroxylamine. This is preferable because hydroxylamine has the function of a preservative for the developing solution and also has silver developing activity itself, and it is thought that fluctuations in the concentration of hydroxylamine greatly affect photographic properties. .The term "substantially free of hydroxylamine" as used herein means preferably a hydroxylamine concentration of 5.0 x 10-' mol/l or less, and most preferably no hydroxylamine at all.Used in the present invention It is more preferable that the developing solution contains an organic preservative in place of the hydroxyluane and sulfite ion.The organic preservative is added to the processing solution for color photographic materials. It refers to all organic compounds that reduce the deterioration rate of aromatic primary amine color developing agents.In other words, it refers to organic compounds that have the function of preventing color developing agents from being oxidized by air, etc. Among them, hydroxylamine derivatives (hydroxyl (excluding amines, the same applies hereinafter), hydroxamic acids, hydrazines, hydrazides, phenols, α-hydroxyketones, α-aminoketones, [
, monoamines ζ diamines, polyamines, quaternary ammonium salts, nitroxy radicals, alcohols,
Oximes, diamide compounds, and fused cyclic amines are particularly effective organic preservatives. These are JP-A-63
- No. 4235, No. 63-30845, No. 63-21
No. 647, No. 63-44655, No. 63-53551
No. 63-43140, No. 63-56654, No. 63-58346, No. 63-43138, No. 63-
No. 146041, No. 63-44657, No. 63-44
656, U.S. Patent No. 3,615.503, U.S. Patent No. 2,4
94,903, JP-A No. 52-143020, JP-B No. 48-30496, etc. Other preservatives include various types of gold xi, salicylic acids described in JP-A-59-180588, and JP-A-57-53749.
4-3532, polyethyleneimines as described in JP-A No. 56-94349, aromatic polyhydroxy compounds as described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,746,544, etc., as necessary. Also good. In particular, it is preferable to add alkanolamines such as triethanolamine, dialkylhydroxylamines such as diethylhydroxylamine, hydrazine derivatives, or aromatic polyhydroxy compounds. Among the above-mentioned organic preservatives, hydroxylamine derivatives and hydrazine derivatives (hydrazines and hydrazides) are particularly preferred.
s27oQ, No. 63-9713, No. 63-97l4, No. 63-11300, etc. Further, it is more preferable to use the above-mentioned hydroxyluane ξ derivative or hydrazine derivative in combination with amines in terms of improving the stability of the color developer and further improving the stability during continuous processing. As the above-mentioned amines, JP-A-63
- Cyclic amines such as those described in JP-A No. 239447, amines such as those described in JP-A-63-128340, and other patent applications such as JP-A-63-9713 and JP-A-63-1130.
Examples include amines as described in No. 0. In the present invention, 3.5% of chloride ions are added to the color developer.
It is preferable to contain XIO-" to 1.5 XIO゜■mol/l. Particularly preferably, it contains
-'mol/l. Chlorine ion concentration is 1.5X10-
If the amount is more than '~to-' mol/l, it has the disadvantage of delaying development, which is not preferable in achieving the object of the present invention of rapid development and high maximum density. Also, 3.5×101
If it is less than mol/It, it is not preferable in terms of preventing fog. In the present invention, 3.0% bromine ion is added to the color developer.
X 10-5 mol/fl-1. It is preferable to contain OX10″1 mol/l. More preferably, it contains 5.0
×10-' to 5X10-'mol/l. Bromine ion concentration is IXIO-'mol/j! If the amount is higher, development will be delayed and maximum density and sensitivity will be reduced; 3. OXIO-'
If it is less than mol/l, fogging cannot be sufficiently prevented. Here, chloride ions and bromine ions may be added directly to the developer, or may be eluted from the light-sensitive material into the developer during the development process. When added directly to a color developer, examples of the chloride ion supplying substance include sodium chloride, potassium chloride, ammonium chloride, lithium chloride, nickel chloride, magnesium chloride, manganese chloride, calcium chloride, and cadmium chloride, among which preferred ones are preferred. are sodium chloride and potassium chloride. It may also be supplied from an optical brightener added to the developer. As a supply material for bromide ions, sodium bromide, potassium bromide, ammonium bromide, lithium bromide, calcium bromide, magnesium bromide, manganese bromide, nickel bromide, cadmium bromide, cerium bromide, thallium bromide Among them, potassium bromide and sodium bromide are preferred. When eluted from a light-sensitive material during development processing, both chloride ions and bromine ions may be supplied from the emulsion or from a source other than the emulsion. The color developer used in the present invention preferably has p119 to l2,
More preferably, it is 9 to 11.0, and the color developer may contain other known developer compound compounds. In order to maintain the above pH, it is preferable to use various buffers. RI street agents include carbonate, phosphate, borate, tetraborate, hydroxybenzoate, glycyl salt, N,N-dimethylglycine salt, leucine salt, norleucine salt, guanine salt, 3.4 -dihydroxyphenylalanine salt, alanine salt, aminobutyrate, 2-amino-2
-Methyl-1,3-propanediol salt, valine salt, broline salt, trishydroxyaminomethane salt, lysine salt, etc. can be used. Especially carbonates, phosphates, tetraborates, hydroxybenzoates are soluble, pH 9
.. It has excellent buffering ability in the high pH range of 0 or more, and even when added to color developers, there is no negative impact on photographic performance (fogging, etc.)
It is particularly preferable to use these street agents because they have the advantages of being free from carbon dioxide and being inexpensive. Specific examples of these buffers include sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium bicarbonate, trisodium phosphate, tripotassium phosphate, disodium phosphate, dipotassium phosphate, sodium borate, and boric acid. Potassium, sodium tetraborate (borax), potassium tetraborate, sodium 0-hydroxybenzoate (sodium salicylate), potassium o-hydroxybenzoate, sodium 5-sulfo-2-hydroxybenzoate (sodium 5-sulfosalicylate) , potassium 5-sulfo-2-hydroxybenzoate (5
-potassium sulfosalicylate). However, the present invention is not limited to these compounds. The amount of the Ffi street agent added to the color developer is preferably 0.1 mol/l or more, particularly 0.1 mol/l!
~0.4 mol/1! It is particularly preferable that In addition, various chelating agents can be used in the color developer to prevent precipitation of calcium and magnesium, or to improve the stability of the color developer. for example,
Nitrilotriacetic acid, diethylenetrianepentaacetic acid, ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid, N,N,N-}rimethylenephosphonic acid, ethylenediamine-N,N,N',N'-tetramethylenesulfonic acid, transsilohexanediaxipentaacetic acid Acetic acid, 1,2-diaξnopropane tetraacetic acid, glycol ether diamine tetraacetic acid, ethylenediamine orthohydroxyphenyl acetic acid, 2-phosphonobutane-1.2.4
-}ricarbosiic acid, 1-hydroxyethylidene-1,1
-diphosphophone a, N,N'-bis(2-hydroxybenzyl)ethylenediamine-N,N'-diacetic acid, and the like. child. These chelating agents may be used in combination with 211 or more if necessary. These chelating agents may be added in an amount sufficient to sequester metal ions in the color developer. For example lj
! The amount is about 0.1g to Log. If necessary, any development accelerator can be added to the color developer. As a development accelerator, Japanese Patent Publication No. 37-16088 and No. 3
No. 7-5987, No. 3B-7826, No. 44-1
No. 2380, No. 45-9019 and U.S. Patent No. 3.
813, 247, etc., JP-A-52-49829 and its so-tsss4
p-phenylenediamine-based compounds represented by No. JP-A-50-137726, JP-B No. 44-30074,
Quaternary ammonium salts disclosed in JP-A-56-156826 and JP-A-52-43429, U.S. Patent No. 2,
No. 494.903, 3. 128. No. 182, 4
, 230.796, 3.253,919, Japanese Patent Publication No. 41-11431, U.S. Patent No. 2,482,54
No. 6, No. 2, 596, 926 and No. 3, 582
, No. 346, etc.;
No. 16088, No. 42-25201, U.S. Patent No. 3.
128. No. 183, Japanese Patent Publication No. 41-11431, Japanese Patent Publication No. 42-23883, and U.S. Patent No. 3,532,501
Polyalkylene oxide represented by No. 1, etc., and others
-Phenyl-3-pyrazolidones, imidazoles, etc. can be added as necessary. In the present invention, any antifoggant can be added as necessary. As antifoggants, alkali metal halides such as sodium chloride, potassium bromide, potassium iodide, and organic antifoggants can be used. Examples of organic antifoggants include penzotriazole, 6-nitrobenzimigzole, 5-nitroisoindazole, 5-methylhenzotriazole, 5-nitropensotriazole, 5-chloropenzotriazole, 2-thiazoli Typical examples include nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds such as lupenzimidazole, 2-thiazolylmethyl-benzidazole, indazole, hydroxyazaindolizine, and adenine. The color developer applicable to the present invention preferably contains a fluorescent color enhancer. As an optical brightener, 4.4'
-Diamino-2.21-disulfostilbene compounds are preferred. Addition amount is 0 to 5 g/l, preferably 0.1 g to
It is 4/l. Also, if necessary, alkyl sulfonic acid,
Various surfactants such as arylsulfonic acids, aliphatic carboxylic acids, and aromatic carboxylic acids may be added. The processing temperature of the color phenomenon liquid applicable to the present invention is 20 to 50°C, preferably 30 to 40'C. Processing time is 20 seconds ~ 5
The time period is preferably 30 seconds to 2 minutes. It is preferable that the amount of replenishment is small, but it is 20 to 600 rI per rrr of photosensitive material.
I1 is suitable, preferably 50 to 300 IllI!
It is. More preferably 60 m to 200 m, most preferably 60 m to 150 m. Next, the desilvering process that can be applied to the present invention will be explained.
The desilvering step may generally include any process such as a bleaching step-fixing step, a fixing step-bleach-fixing step, a bleaching step-bleach-fixing step, or a bleach-fixing step. The bleaching solution, bleach-fixing solution, and fixing solution that can be applied to the present invention will be explained below. As the bleaching agent used in the bleach or bleach-fix solution, any bleaching agent can be used, but especially iron (
III) complex salts (e.g., complex salts with aminobocarboxylic acids such as ethylenediaξanetetraacetic acid and diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, aminobolyphosphonic acid, phosphonocarboxylic acid, and organic phosphonic acid) or citric acid, tartaric acid, malic acid Organic acids such as persulfates and hydrogen peroxide are preferred. Among these, complex salts of iron (Ill) are particularly preferred from the viewpoint of rapid processing and prevention of environmental pollution. Anobocarboxylic acids useful for forming organic complex salts of iron (I[[),
Aminobolyphosphonic acids, organic phosphonic acids, or salts thereof include ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid, diethylene triamine pentaacetic acid, 1. Examples include 3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, propylenediaminetetraacetic acid, nitrilotriacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, methylylinoniacetic acid, iodinononiacetic acid, glycol ether diaminetetraacetic acid, and nitriacetic acid. These compounds may be sodium, potassium, thium or ammonium salts. Among these compounds, the iron (nntt salt) of ethylenediaenetetraacetic acid, diethylenetriaminepentaacetic acid, cyclohexanediaminetetraacetic acid, 1,3-diaminopropanetetraacetic acid, and methylynononiaacetic acid is preferred because of its high bleaching power. The ferric ion complex salts of may be used in the form of complex salts, or ferric salts such as ferric sulfate, ferric chloride, ferric nitrate, ferric ammonium sulfate, ferric phosphate, etc. A ferric ion complex salt may be formed in a solution by using a chelating agent such as aminobocarboxylic acid, aminobolyphosphonic acid, or phosphonocarboxylic acid. may be used in excess than the formal warning. Among the complexes, aminobolycarboxylic acid iron complexes are preferred, and the amount added is 0.01 to 1.0 mol/
L is preferably 0.05 to 0.50 mol/l. Various compounds can be used as bleach accelerators in the bleach solution, bleach-fix solution and/or their pre-bath. For example, U.S. Pat.
Publication No. 30, Research Disclosure No. 17129
No. (July 1978 issue), compounds having a mercabuto group or disulfide bond, and
No. 8506, JP-A-52-20832, JP-A No. 53-32
Thiourea compounds described in No. 735 and US Pat. No. 3,706.561, and halides such as iodine and bromide ions are preferred because they have excellent bleaching power. In addition, the bleaching solution or bleach-fixing solution that can be applied to the present invention contains bromides (for example, potassium bromide, sodium bromide,
Rehalogenating agents such as ammonium bromide) or chlorides (eg, potassium chloride, sodium chloride, ammonium chloride) or iodides (eg, ammonium iodide) can be included. If necessary, use borax, sodium metaborate, acetic acid, sodium acetate, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, phosphorous acid, phosphoric acid, sodium phosphate, citric acid, sodium citrate, tartaric acid, etc. with PL+ buffering capacity.
inorganic acids, organic acids and alkalis thereof,
metal or ammonium salts or ammonium nitrate;
Corrosion inhibitors such as guanidine can be added. The fixing agent used in the bleach-fixing solution or the fixing solution is a known fixing agent, namely thiosulfates such as sodium thiosulfate and ammonium thiosulfate; thiocyanates such as sodium thiocyanate and ammonium thiocyanate; ethylene bisthioglycan IJ Water-soluble silver halide solubilizers such as cholic acid, thioether compounds such as 3,6-dithia-1,8-octanediol, and 1,000-ureas;
It can be used as a species or as a mixture of two or more species. Further, a special bleach-fixing solution consisting of a combination of a fixing agent and a large amount of a halide such as potassium iodide as described in JP-A-55-155354 may also be used.
In the present invention, it is preferable to use thiosulfates, especially ammonium thiosulfates. The amount of fixing agent per li is 0
.. The amount is preferably 3 to 2 mol, more preferably 0.5 to 1.
It is in the range of 0 mole. pHsI of bleach-fix solution or fix solution
The range is preferably 3 to IO, more preferably 5 to 9. Further, the bleach-fix solution may contain various other fluorescent brighteners, antifoaming agents, surfactants, polyvinylpyrrolidone, methanol, and other organic solvents. Bleach-fix solutions and fixing solutions contain sulfites (e.g., sodium sulfite, potassium sulfite, ammonium sulfite, etc.) and bisulfites (e.g., ammonium bisulfite, sodium bisulfite, potassium bisulfite, etc.) as preservatives.
, metabisulfite (eg, potassium metabisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, ammonium metabisulfite, etc.). These compounds are approximately 0.0 in terms of sulfite ion.
The content is preferably 2 to 0.05 mol/l, more preferably 0.04 to 0.40 mol/l. As a preservative, sulfites are commonly added, but other
Ascorbic acid, carbonyl bisulfite adducts, carbonyl compounds, etc. may be added. Furthermore, buffering agents, optical brighteners, chelating agents, antifoaming agents, antifungal agents, etc. may be added as necessary. After desilvering treatment such as fixing or bleach-fixing, washing and/or stabilization treatment is generally performed. The amount of water used in the washing process varies widely depending on the characteristics of the photosensitive material (for example, depending on the material used, such as a coupler), the application, the temperature of the washing water, the number of washing tanks (stages), the replenishment method such as countercurrent or forward flow, and various other conditions. Can be set. Among these, the relationship between the number of flushing tanks and the amount of water in the multistage countercurrent system is described in the Journal of the Society of Picture and Television Engineers (Journa 1 or the Society).
y or Motion Picture and T
elevi-sion Engineers) Volume 64, p. 248-253 (May 1955 issue). Generally, the number of stages in the multistage countercurrent system is preferably 2 to 6, particularly preferably 2 to 4. According to the multi-stage countercurrent method, the amount of washing water can be greatly reduced, for example, to 0.5 ffi-If or less per 1 nf of photosensitive material, and the effect of the present invention is remarkable. As the time increases, problems arise such as bacteria multiplying and floating matter adhering to the photosensitive material. As a solution to such problems, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 62-28883
The method for reducing calcium and magnesium described in No. 8 can be used extremely effectively. In addition, chlorine-based disinfectants such as isothiazolone compounds and thiabendazoles described in JP-A-57-8542, chlorinated sodium isocyanurate described in M61-120145,
Penzotriazole, copper ion, etc. described in JP-A No. 61-267761, “Chemistry of antibacterial and anti-mildew J” written by Hiroshi Horiguchi.
(1986) Sankyo Publishing, Hygiene Technology Society ``tI of microorganisms''
It is also possible to use the disinfectants described in "Bacteria, Sterilization, and Anti-Mold Technology" (1982), published by the Society of Industrial Engineers and the Japan Society of Anti-Bacterial and Anti-Mold Agents, "Dictionary of Antibacterial and Anti-Mold Agents J (1986)."Furthermore, For the washing water, a surfactant as a draining agent and a chelating agent such as EDTA as a water softener can be used.The washing water can be treated with a stabilizing solution following the above washing process or directly without going through the washing process. A compound having an image stabilizing function is added to the stabilizing solution, such as aldehyde compounds such as formalin, and tl suitable for dye stabilization.
Examples include buffers for ipH to iI and ammonium compounds. Furthermore, in order to prevent the proliferation of bacteria in the solution and to impart anti-mold properties to photographic materials after processing, the various disinfectants and anti-mold agents described above can be used. Furthermore, surfactants, optical brighteners, and hardeners can also be added. In the processing of the photosensitive material of the present invention, when stabilization is performed directly without passing through a water washing step,
No. 8543, No. 58-14834, No. 60-220
All known methods described in No. 345 and the like can be used. In addition, it is also a preferable embodiment to use chelating agents such as (1)-hydroxyethylidene-1,1-diphosphonic acid and ethylenediaminetemethylenephosphonic acid, and magnesium and bismuth compounds. A so-called rinsing solution is also used as a washing solution or stabilizing solution after desilvering. The preferred pH of the water washing step or stabilization step is 4 to IO, more preferably 5 to 8. The temperature can be set variously depending on the use and characteristics of the photosensitive material, but -a is 15 to 45
Preferably the temperature is 20 to 40°C. Although the time can be set arbitrarily, a shorter time is preferable from the standpoint of reducing processing time. Preferably the time is 15 seconds to 1 minute 45 seconds, more preferably 30 seconds to 1 minute 30 seconds. The smaller the amount of replenishment, the better from the viewpoints of running costs, wandering ttIi, ease of handling, etc. A specific preferred amount of replenishment is 0.5 to 50 times, preferably 3 to 40 times, the amount brought in from the previous bath per unit area of the photosensitive material. Or it is less than 1 liter per trrt of photosensitive material, preferably less than SooIi. Replenishment may be performed continuously or intermittently. The liquid used in the water washing and/or stabilization step can also be used in the previous step. An example of this is reducing the amount of waste liquid by using a multi-stage counter-current system to allow the overflow of washing water to flow into the bleach-fix bath, which is a pre-bath, and replenish the bleach-fix bath with concentrated liquid. (Examples) Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically explained using Examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. Reference Example The emulsion used in the present invention was prepared as follows. 100
IN Ha S to 0 cc of 2.5% gelatin aqueous solution
8.7 cc of o4 1, 1 g of 2,4-thiazolidinone, and 222.0 g of NaCj were added. This solution was kept at 50°C and mixed with 320 cc of 37.5% A g N O s aqueous solution and 320 cc of 12.9% NaCn aqueous solution under strong stirring.
cc was added in 45 minutes by double jet method.
この間初期のpAgが保たれるように塩化ナトリウム水
溶液の添加量を調節した.続いて1.68%KBr水溶
液1 00ccを上記乳剤に10分間で添加した。During this time, the amount of sodium chloride aqueous solution added was adjusted so that the initial pAg was maintained. Subsequently, 100 cc of a 1.68% KBr aqueous solution was added to the above emulsion over 10 minutes.
さらに沈降法によって可溶性塩類を除去した後、ゼラチ
ンを加えて再分散させ、チオ硫酸ナトリウムを添加し最
適に化学増感を施した.こうして得られた乳剤を乳剤A
とする.乳剤Aは、含まれるハロゲン化銀粒子の全投影
面積の80%が平板状粒子によって占められており,平
板状粒子の平均厚さは0.19μm、平均アスペクト比
は7であった.また平均粒子サイズをコールター・エレ
クトロニクス社製コールター・カウンターTA−II型
で測定したところ、0.80μmであった.また、この
粒子のX線回折を、アニール前後で測定した結果、粒子
全体の平均臭化銀含有率は98モル%、ΔBrは24モ
ル%であった.
乳剤Aのハロゲン化銀粒子を平面上に分散させた場合の
投影面積と等しい面積を有する塩の直径なdとするとき
、dの標準偏差Sを、dの平均値dで除した値に100
を乗じた値(これを変動係数と呼ぶ)は、20%であっ
た.
乳剤Aの処方において、溶液の温度、硫酸アデニンの添
加量およびA g N O *水溶液の添加時間を適当
に変えることにより,乳剤Bを得た.乳剤Bは、平板状
粒子の平均の厚さが、0.13μm,コールターカウン
ターによる平均粒子サイズが0.45μmである以外は
乳剤Aと同様のプロフィールであった.
乳剤Aの処方において、A g N O s水溶液添加
後のKBr水溶液添加の工程を除くことにより、乳剤C
を得た.乳剤Cは純塩化銀粒子である以外は、乳剤Aと
同様のプロフィールであった.乳剤Bの処方において、
A g N O s水溶液添加後のKBr水溶液添加の
工程を除くことにより乳剤Dを得た.乳剤Dは、純塩化
銀粒子である以外は乳剤Bと同様のプロフィールであっ
た。After removing soluble salts by a sedimentation method, gelatin was added to redisperse the mixture, and sodium thiosulfate was added for optimal chemical sensitization. The emulsion thus obtained is emulsion A.
Suppose that In Emulsion A, 80% of the total projected area of the silver halide grains contained was occupied by tabular grains, the average thickness of the tabular grains was 0.19 μm, and the average aspect ratio was 7. The average particle size was measured using a Coulter Counter Model TA-II manufactured by Coulter Electronics, and was found to be 0.80 μm. Further, as a result of measuring the X-ray diffraction of this grain before and after annealing, the average silver bromide content of the entire grain was 98 mol%, and ΔBr was 24 mol%. Let d be the diameter of a salt having an area equal to the projected area when the silver halide grains of emulsion A are dispersed on a plane, then the standard deviation S of d divided by the average value d of d is 100
The value multiplied by (this is called the coefficient of variation) was 20%. Emulsion B was obtained by appropriately changing the solution temperature, the amount of adenine sulfate added, and the addition time of the A g N O * aqueous solution in the formulation of Emulsion A. Emulsion B had a similar profile to Emulsion A, except that the average thickness of the tabular grains was 0.13 μm and the average grain size by Coulter Counter was 0.45 μm. In the formulation of emulsion A, by removing the step of adding KBr aqueous solution after adding A g N O s aqueous solution, emulsion C
I got it. Emulsion C had the same profile as Emulsion A, except that it had pure silver chloride grains. In the formulation of emulsion B,
Emulsion D was obtained by removing the step of adding the KBr aqueous solution after adding the A g N O s aqueous solution. Emulsion D had a similar profile to Emulsion B except that it had pure silver chloride grains.
次に比較用乳剤の調製法について述べる.1 000c
cの2.5%ゼラチン溶液にINHa SO4 1
8.7CCとNaCn6.8gを加えた.この溶液を6
2℃に保温し強い撹拌下で19.2%のA g N O
s水溶液1 30ccと6.6%のNaCJ2水溶液
130ccをダブルジェット法で60分間添加した.1
0分後この溶液に35.1%のA g N O s水溶
液285ccと12.1%のNaCI2水溶液285c
cをダブルジェット法により25分間で添加した。続い
て上記乳剤にKBr 1.75gを含む水溶液を10
分間で添加した.この乳剤を沈降、再分散後チオ硫酸ナ
トリウムで最適に化学増感した.この乳剤を乳剤Eとす
る.乳剤Eの形状は立方体であり、コールター・カウン
ターによる平均粒子サイズは0.80um、変動係数は
12%であった.粒子全体の平均臭化銀含有率は2モル
%であり、ΔBrは38モル%であった.
乳剤Eの処方において溶液の温度を56℃に下げ、さら
にA g N O s水溶液とNaCI2水溶液の添加
時間を変えることにより、乳剤Fを得た.乳剤Fは、コ
ールター・カウンターによる平均粒子サイズが0.45
μmである以外は乳剤Eと同様のプロフィールであった
.
乳剤Eの処方において、A g N O *水溶液添加
後のKBr水溶液添加の工程を除くことにより、乳剤G
を得た.乳剤Gは純塩化銀粒子である以外は、乳剤Eと
同様のプロフィールであった.乳剤Fの処方において、
A g N O s水溶液添加後のKBr水溶液添加の
工程を除くことにより乳剤Hを得た.乳剤Hは、純塩化
銀粒子である以外は乳剤Fと同様のプロフィールであっ
た.以上の乳剤A−Hの調製においてハロゲン化アルカ
リ水溶液と共に添加されるA g N O s水溶液中
のA g N O sのモル数に対して、IXIO−’
モル%となるように該ハロゲン化アルカリ水溶液中にK
*IrCβ6を含有せしめた.
乳剤A−Hのプロフィールを第1表にまとめた.
(染料C)
(染料D)
次に染料の固体分散の方法を示す。Next, we will discuss the preparation method of the comparative emulsion. 1 000c
INHa SO4 1 in 2.5% gelatin solution of c
8.7 CC and 6.8 g of NaCn were added. Add this solution to 6
19.2% A g N O was incubated at 2°C and stirred vigorously.
30 cc of S aqueous solution 1 and 130 cc of 6.6% NaCJ2 aqueous solution were added for 60 minutes using a double jet method. 1
After 0 minutes, 285 cc of 35.1% A g N O s aqueous solution and 285 cc of 12.1% NaCI2 aqueous solution were added to this solution.
c was added over 25 minutes by double jet method. Subsequently, an aqueous solution containing 1.75 g of KBr was added to the above emulsion for 10 minutes.
Added within minutes. After precipitation and redispersion, this emulsion was optimally chemically sensitized with sodium thiosulfate. This emulsion is called Emulsion E. Emulsion E was cubic in shape, had an average grain size of 0.80 um by Coulter Counter, and had a coefficient of variation of 12%. The average silver bromide content of the entire grain was 2 mol%, and ΔBr was 38 mol%. Emulsion F was obtained by lowering the temperature of the solution to 56° C. and changing the addition times of the A g N O s aqueous solution and the NaCI2 aqueous solution in the formulation of Emulsion E. Emulsion F has an average grain size of 0.45 by Coulter Counter.
The profile was similar to that of Emulsion E except for the μm. In the formulation of emulsion E, by removing the step of adding KBr aqueous solution after adding A g N O * aqueous solution, emulsion G
I got it. Emulsion G had the same profile as Emulsion E, except that it had pure silver chloride grains. In the formulation of emulsion F,
Emulsion H was obtained by removing the step of adding the KBr aqueous solution after adding the A g N O s aqueous solution. Emulsion H had a similar profile to Emulsion F, except that it had pure silver chloride grains. In the preparation of the above emulsions A-H, IXIO-'
K in the alkali halide aqueous solution so as to be mol%
*Contains IrCβ6. Table 1 summarizes the profiles of emulsions A-H. (Dye C) (Dye D) Next, a method for solid dispersion of dyes will be described.
サンドミルにより微粒子化した染料!−11.5gを下
記の界面活性剤の5%水溶液5ccに溶かし、さらに、
クエン酸1gを溶かした10%ゼラチン水溶液の25c
c中に分散して後、用いた砂をガラスフィルターを用い
て除去した。湯を用いてガラスフィルター上の砂に吸着
した染料を洗い流して加え、7%ゼラチン溶液100c
c(染料の固体微粒子分散物)を得た.これを分散物A
とする.
分散物Aの分散法において、染料x−i1.5gの代わ
りに、染料111−3 1.5gを用い、分散物Aと
同様の染料の固体微粒子分散物を得た.これを分敗物B
とする。Dye made into fine particles by sand mill! -11.5g was dissolved in 5cc of a 5% aqueous solution of the following surfactant, and further,
25c of 10% gelatin aqueous solution dissolved in 1g of citric acid
After dispersion in c, the used sand was removed using a glass filter. Wash off the dye adsorbed on the sand on the glass filter using hot water and add 100 c of 7% gelatin solution.
c (solid fine particle dispersion of dye) was obtained. Dispersion A
Suppose that In the dispersion method for dispersion A, 1.5 g of dye 111-3 was used instead of 1.5 g of dye x-i to obtain a solid fine particle dispersion of the same dye as dispersion A. This is the loser B
shall be.
次に比較用水溶性染料を示す。Next, water-soluble dyes for comparison are shown.
分散物Aに対しては染料Cを、また分散物Bに対しては
染料Dを用いた.
実施例l
ポリエチレンで両面ラミネートした紙支持体の上に以下
に示す層構成の多層カラープリント材料を作製した。For dispersion A, dye C was used, and for dispersion B, dye D was used. Example 1 A multilayer color print material having the layer structure shown below was prepared on a paper support laminated on both sides with polyethylene.
塗布液は下記のようにして調整した.
第二層塗布液調製
イエローカブラー(ExY)19.1gおよび色像安定
剤(Cpd−1)4.4g及び色像安定剤(Cpd−7
)0.7gに酢酸エチル27.2ccおよび溶媒(So
lv−1)8.2gを加え溶解し、この溶液を10%ド
デシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム8ccを含む10
%ゼラチン水溶液185ccに乳化分散させた。一方塩
臭化銀乳剤(乳剤E)に下記に示す青感性増感色素を銀
1モル当り2.OX10−’モル加えたものを調製した
.前記の乳化分散物とこの乳剤とを混合溶解し、以下に
示す組成となるように第二塗布液を調製した.
前述以外の層用の塗布液も第二層塗布液と同様の方法で
調製した.各層のゼラチン硬化剤とじては、1−オキシ
−3.5−ジクロロ−s−トリアジンナトリウム塩を用
いた.
各層の分光増感色素として下記のものを用いた。The coating solution was prepared as follows. Second layer coating solution preparation Yellow coupler (ExY) 19.1g, color image stabilizer (Cpd-1) 4.4g and color image stabilizer (Cpd-7)
) to 0.7 g, 27.2 cc of ethyl acetate and solvent (So
lv-1) 8.2g was added and dissolved, and this solution was mixed with 10% sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate containing 8cc.
% gelatin aqueous solution (185 cc). On the other hand, the following blue-sensitive sensitizing dye was added to a silver chlorobromide emulsion (emulsion E) at a rate of 2.0% per mole of silver. A sample containing 10-' mol of OX was prepared. The above emulsified dispersion and this emulsion were mixed and dissolved to prepare a second coating solution having the composition shown below. Coating solutions for layers other than those mentioned above were prepared in the same manner as the second layer coating solution. As the gelatin hardening agent for each layer, 1-oxy-3,5-dichloro-s-triazine sodium salt was used. The following spectral sensitizing dyes were used in each layer.
青感性乳剤層
緑感性乳剤層
(ハロゲン化銀lモル当り、大サイズ乳剤に対しては4
.OX10−’モル、小サイズ乳剤に対しては5.6X
10−’モル)
および
(ハロゲン化銀1モル当り2.0XlO−’モル)(ハ
ロゲン化銀1モル当り、大サイズ乳剤に対しては7.O
X10−’モル、また小サイズ乳剤に対してはl.OX
10−’モル)
赤感性乳剤層
(ハロゲン化銀1モル当り、大サイズ乳剤に対しては0
.9X10−’モル、また小サイズ乳剤に対しては1.
1XIO−’モル)
赤感性乳剤層に対しては、下記の化合物をハロゲン化銀
lモル当り2.6XIO−”モル添加した。Blue-sensitive emulsion layer Green-sensitive emulsion layer (per mole of silver halide, for large size emulsions 4
.. OX 10-' moles, 5.6X for small size emulsions
10-' moles) and (2.0XlO-' moles per mole of silver halide) (7.0
X10-' moles, and for small size emulsions l. OX
10-' mole) red-sensitive emulsion layer (per mole of silver halide, 0 for large emulsions)
.. 9 x 10-' moles, or 1.0 for small size emulsions.
To the red-sensitive emulsion layer, the following compound was added in an amount of 2.6XIO-'' mole per 1 mole of silver halide.
また貴感性乳剤層、緑感性乳剤層、赤感性乳剤層に対し
、1−(5−メチルウレイドフエニフレ)−5−メルカ
プトテトラゾールをそれぞれハロゲン化銀1モル当たり
8.5X10−’モル、7.7XIO−’モル、2.
5X 1 0−’モ71,添加シタ。In addition, for the noble-sensitive emulsion layer, the green-sensitive emulsion layer, and the red-sensitive emulsion layer, 1-(5-methylureidofenifre)-5-mercaptotetrazole was added at 8.5×10 −' mol and 7 mol per mol of silver halide, respectively. .7XIO-' moles, 2.
5X 10-'Mo71, added.
また、青感性乳剤層と緑感性乳剤層に対し、4一ヒドロ
キシ−6−メチル−1.3,3a,7−テトラザインデ
ンをそれぞれハロゲン化銀1モル当たり、lX10−’
モルと2X10−’モル添加した。In addition, for the blue-sensitive emulsion layer and the green-sensitive emulsion layer, 4-hydroxy-6-methyl-1,3,3a,7-tetrazaindene was added per mole of silver halide, respectively, to lX10-'
mol and 2X10-' mol were added.
イラジエーション防止のために乳剤層に下記の染料を添
加した.
および
(層構成)
以下に各層の組或を示す.数字は塗布量(g/耐)を表
わす。ハロゲン化銀乳剤は銀換算塗布量を表わす.
支持体
ポリエチレンラミネート紙
[ 第− M 側(7)ポリエチレンに白色含量(TL
O*) ト青味染料(群青)を含む1
第一層(親水性コロイド層)
ゼラチン 0・50第二層
(青感層)
前記塩臭化銀乳剤 0.30ゼラチ
ン l.86イエローカ
ブラー(ExY) 0. 82色像安
定剤(Cpd−1) 0. 19
溶媒(Solv−1) ’
0.35色像安定剤(Cpd−7)
0. 06第三層(混色防止層)
ゼラチン 0.99混色防
止剤(Cpd−5) 0. 08
溶媒(Solv−1) 0.
16溶媒(Solv−4)
O. OR第四層(緑感層)
塩臭化銀乳剤c立方体、平均粒子サイズ0.55μmの
ものと、0.39μmのものとの1=3混合物(Agモ
ル比)。粒子サイズ分布の変動係数は0.lOと0.0
8、各乳剤ともAgBr O.111モル%を粒子表面
に局在含有させた) 0.12ゼラチ
ン 1.24マゼンタカブ
ラ−(ExM) 0. 20色像安定
剤(Cpd−2) 0. 03色
像安定剤(Cpd−3) 0.
15色像安定剤(Cpd−4)
o. oz色像安定剤(Cpd−9)
0. 02溶媒(Solv−2)
0. 40第五層(紫外線吸収層)
ゼラチン 1.58紫外線
吸収剤(UV−1) 0.47混色
防止剤(Cpd−5) 0. 0
5溶媒(Solv−5) 0
. 24第六層(赤感層)
塩臭化銀乳剤(立方体、平均粒子サイズ0.58μmの
ものと、0.45μmのものとのl:4混合物(Agモ
ル比).粒子サイズ分布の変動係数は0.09と0.1
1.各乳剤ともAgBr O.6モル%を粒子表面の一
部に局在含有させた) 0. 23ゼラチン
1.34シアンカブラー(
ExC) 0. 32色像安定剤(
Cpd−6) 0. 17色像安
定剤(Cpd−7) 0. 40
色像安定剤(Cpd−8) 0.
04溶媒(Solv−6)
0. 15第七層(紫外線吸収層)
ゼラチン 0.53紫外線
吸収剤(UV−1) 0. 16混
色防止剤(Cpd−5)
溶媒(Solv−5)
第八層(保護層)
ゼラチン
ポリビニルアルコールのアク
(変性度17%)
流動バラフィン
0.02
0.08
1.33
リル変性共重合体
0,17
0.03
(ExY)
イエローカプラー
との1=
1混合物(モル比)
(ExC)
シアンカプラ−
R麿CJsとCaH9
と
0H
の各々重量で2:4
:4の混合物
(Cpd−1)
色像安定剤
(E州)
マゼンタカプラー
のl:
1混合物(モル比)
(Cpd−2)
色像安定剤
(Cpd−3)
色像安定剤
(Cpd−4)
色像安定剤
(Cpd−5)
混色防止剤
0H
(Cpd−6)
色像安定剤
の2:4=4
混合物(重量比)
(Cpd−7)
色像安定剤
−{CIh−Cll}=−
一
(Cpd−8)
色像安定剤
(Solv−1)溶
(Solv−2)溶
の2:
l混合物(容量比)
(Solv−4)溶
(Cpd−9)
色像安定剤
(υV−1)紫外線吸収剤
の4
: 2 :
4混合物(重量比)
(Solv−5)溶
媒
COO(:III?
1
(CIlg)*
1
COOCIII1?
(Solv−6)溶
媒
以上のようにして試料101を得た。The following dyes were added to the emulsion layer to prevent irradiation. and (layer structure) The composition of each layer is shown below. The numbers represent the coating amount (g/durability). Silver halide emulsions represent coating amounts in terms of silver. Support polyethylene laminate paper [No.-M side (7) White content (TL
O*) Containing bluish dye (ulmarine blue) 1 First layer (hydrophilic colloid layer) Gelatin 0.50 Second layer (blue sensitive layer) Said silver chlorobromide emulsion 0.30 Gelatin l. 86 Yellow Cabler (ExY) 0. 82 color image stabilizer (Cpd-1) 0. 19
Solvent (Solv-1)'
0.35 color image stabilizer (Cpd-7)
0. 06 Third layer (color mixing prevention layer) Gelatin 0.99 Color mixing prevention agent (Cpd-5) 0. 08
Solvent (Solv-1) 0.
16 solvent (Solv-4)
O. OR fourth layer (green-sensitive layer) Silver chlorobromide emulsion c-cube, 1=3 mixture (Ag molar ratio) of one with an average grain size of 0.55 μm and one with an average grain size of 0.39 μm. The coefficient of variation of particle size distribution is 0. lO and 0.0
8. Each emulsion was AgBrO. (111 mol% was locally contained on the particle surface) 0.12 Gelatin 1.24 Magenta Cobra (ExM) 0. 20 color image stabilizer (Cpd-2) 0. 03 color image stabilizer (Cpd-3) 0.
15 color image stabilizer (Cpd-4)
o. oz color image stabilizer (Cpd-9)
0. 02 solvent (Solv-2)
0. 40 Fifth layer (ultraviolet absorption layer) Gelatin 1.58 Ultraviolet absorber (UV-1) 0.47 Color mixing inhibitor (Cpd-5) 0. 0
5 Solvent (Solv-5) 0
.. 24 Sixth layer (red-sensitive layer) Silver chlorobromide emulsion (cubic, 1:4 mixture (Ag molar ratio) of one with an average grain size of 0.58 μm and one with an average grain size of 0.45 μm. Coefficient of variation of grain size distribution are 0.09 and 0.1
1. Each emulsion contains AgBrO. (6 mol% was locally contained on a part of the particle surface) 0. 23 gelatin
1.34 cyan coupler (
ExC) 0. 32 color image stabilizer (
Cpd-6) 0. 17 color image stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0. 40
Color image stabilizer (Cpd-8) 0.
04 Solvent (Solv-6)
0. 15 Seventh layer (ultraviolet absorbing layer) Gelatin 0.53 Ultraviolet absorber (UV-1) 0. 16 Color mixing inhibitor (Cpd-5) Solvent (Solv-5) Eighth layer (protective layer) Gelatin polyvinyl alcohol scum (denaturation degree 17%) Liquid paraffin 0.02 0.08 1.33 Lyle modified copolymer 0 ,17 0.03 (ExY) 1=1 mixture (molar ratio) with yellow coupler (ExC) Cyan coupler - 2:4:4 mixture of R-CJs and CaH9 and 0H by weight (Cpd-1) Color image Stabilizer (E state) L:1 mixture of magenta coupler (molar ratio) (Cpd-2) Color image stabilizer (Cpd-3) Color image stabilizer (Cpd-4) Color image stabilizer (Cpd-5) Color mixture Inhibitor 0H (Cpd-6) 2:4=4 mixture of color image stabilizers (weight ratio) (Cpd-7) Color image stabilizer-{CIh-Cll}=-1 (Cpd-8) Color image stabilizer (Solv-1) solution (Solv-2) solution 2: l mixture (volume ratio) (Solv-4) solution (Cpd-9) color image stabilizer (υV-1) ultraviolet absorber 4: 2: 4 Mixture (weight ratio) (Solv-5) Solvent COO(:III?1 (CIlg)*1 COOCIII1? (Solv-6) Solvent Sample 101 was obtained in the above manner.
以下、試料101に準じて、第一層と第二層(青感層)
を第2表のように変更し、試卑斗102〜112を調製
した.
第
2
表
(注)
l.微粉末染料の平均粒径は約0、
2μmである.
これらの試料の写真特性を調べるために以下ような実験
をR〒なラた.
まず、各試料に対して感光計(富士写真フイルム株式会
社flliFWH型,光源の色温度3200”K)を用
いて、青色,緑色および赤色フィルターを介してセンシ
トメトリー川のWItl露光を与えた.この時の露光は
1710秒の露光時間で250CMSの露光量になるよ
うに行なった.露光を終了した試料は、ペーパー処理機
を川いて,次の処理工程でカラー現像を実施した.
?ラー現像 35℃ 45秒 161ag l?
1漂白定着 30〜35℃ 45秒 215atl!
1? j!リンス■ 30〜35℃ 20秒
10 1リンス■ 30〜35℃ 20秒
■ 10 1リンス■ 30〜35℃ 20秒 3
50ml! 10 j!乾 燥 70〜80℃
60秒
本補充量は感光材料1rn”あたり
(リンス■→■への3タンク向流方式とした。)各処理
液の組戊は以下の通りである。Hereinafter, according to sample 101, the first layer and second layer (blue-sensitive layer)
Test samples 102 to 112 were prepared by changing the following values as shown in Table 2. Table 2 (Note) l. The average particle size of the fine powder dye is approximately 0.2 μm. In order to investigate the photographic properties of these samples, the following experiments were conducted. First, each sample was subjected to sensitometric WItl exposure through blue, green, and red filters using a sensitometer (Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. model fliFWH, light source color temperature 3200''K). The exposure was carried out at an exposure time of 1710 seconds and an exposure amount of 250 CMS.After the exposure, the sample was sent through a paper processing machine and color development was carried out in the next processing step. 35℃ 45 seconds 161ag l?
1 Bleach-fixing 30-35℃ 45 seconds 215atl!
1? j! Rinse■ 30-35℃ 20 seconds
10 1 rinse■ 30-35℃ 20 seconds
■ 10 1 Rinse ■ 30-35℃ 20 seconds 3
50ml! 10 j! Drying 70-80℃
The replenishment amount for 60 seconds was per 1 rn'' of photosensitive material (3 tank countercurrent method was used from rinse ■ to ■.) The composition of each processing solution was as follows.
カラー現像液 タンク液 逍産葵水
1100 d 800
一エチレンジアミンーN, N.
N. N−テトラメチレン
ホスホン酸
臭化カリウム
トリエタノールアミン
塩化ナトリウム
炭酸カリウム
N一エチルーN−(β−メ
タンスルホンTミドエチ
ル)−3−メチル−4−
アミノテニリン硫酸塩
N,N−ビス(カルボキシ
冫チル)ヒドラジン
’it光増白剤(WHITBX 4B,?.5 g
2.0 g
Q.OL5 g■
8.0 g 12.0g
1.4g
25 g 25 g
5.0 g 7.0 g
5.5 g ’lo g
水を加えて
p}l (25℃)
1000ml! 1000ml!
10.05 10.45
漂白定着液(タンク液と補充液は同じ)水
400 !lLl!チ
オ硫政アンモニウム(70%) 100 ml
!亜硫酸ナトリウム 17 gエチ
レンジγミン四酢酸鉄(II!)
アンモニウム 55 gエチレン
ジアミン四酢酸二ナトリウム 5g水を加えて
1000 dPN (25℃)6.
0
.リンス液(タンク液と補充液は同じ)イオン交換水(
カルシウム、マグネシウムは各このように処理した試料
101〜112について、赤色光、緑色光又は青色光を
用いて濃度測定して各層の相対感度を求めた.
また解像力測定のためCTF測定用矩形波パターンを各
試料面に密着させ、前記感光計を用いて露光した.露光
を終了した試料は前記のカラー現像処理を行い、赤色光
、緑色光又は青色光を用いてミクロ濃度計により濃度測
定を行い、相対解像力(50%CTF値における空間周
波数より算出)を求めた。Color developer tank liquid Shosan Aoisui
1100 d 800
-Ethylenediamine-N, N. N. N-tetramethylenephosphonic acid Potassium bromide Triethanolamine Sodium chloride Potassium carbonate N-ethyl-N-(β-methanesulfone Tmidoethyl)-3-methyl-4- aminotenyline sulfate N,N-bis(carboxymethyl)hydrazine 'it optical brightener (WHITBX 4B, ?.5 g
2.0 g Q. OL5 g ■ 8.0 g 12.0 g 1.4 g 25 g 25 g 5.0 g 7.0 g 5.5 g 'log g Add water p}l (25℃) 1000ml! 1000ml! 10.05 10.45 Bleach-fix solution (tank solution and replenisher are the same) water
400! lLl! Ammonium thiosulfate (70%) 100 ml
! Sodium sulfite 17 g Iron(II!) ethylenediaminetetraacetate Ammonium 55 g Disodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate 5g Add water
1000 dPN (25℃)6.
0. Rinse solution (tank solution and refill solution are the same), ion exchange water (
Calcium and magnesium concentrations were measured for Samples 101 to 112 treated in this manner using red light, green light, or blue light to determine the relative sensitivity of each layer. In addition, to measure resolution, a rectangular wave pattern for CTF measurement was brought into close contact with each sample surface, and exposed using the sensitometer described above. The exposed sample was subjected to the color development process described above, and the density was measured using a microdensitometer using red light, green light, or blue light, and the relative resolution (calculated from the spatial frequency at 50% CTF value) was determined. .
各試料の相対感度および相対解像力を第3表に示す.
第3表
実施例2
ポリエチレンで両面ラミネートした祇支持体の上に以下
に示すNti或の多層カラー印画紙を作製した.塗布液
は下記のようにして調製した.第一層塗布液調製
イエローカプラー(ExY) 19.1 gおよび色像
安定剤(Cpd−1) 4.4g及び色像安定剤(Cp
d−7) 0.7gに酢酸エチル27.2ccおよび溶
媒(S01v−1) 8.2gを加え溶解し、この溶液
をlO%ドデシルベンゼンスルホン酸ナトリウム8.c
cを含むlO%ゼラチン水溶液185ccに乳化分散さ
せた.一方塩臭化銀乳剤(立方体、平均粒子サイズ0.
88−のものと0.70一のものとの3:7混合物(i
モル比).粒子サイズ分布の変動係数は0.08と0.
10,各乳剤とも臭化銀0.2モル%を粒子表面に局在
含有)に下記に示す青感性増感色素を銀1モル当たり大
サイズ乳剤に対しては、それぞれ2.OX10−’モル
加え、また小サイズ乳剤に対しては、それぞれ2.5X
10−’モル加えた後に硫黄増感を施したものを調製し
た.前記の乳化分散物とこの乳剤とを混合溶解し、以下
に示す組威となるように第一塗布液を調製した.第二層
から第七層用の塗布液も第一層塗布液と同様の方法でi
JI!Lた.各層のゼラチン硬化剤としては、1−・オ
キシー3.5−ジクロローs−}リアジンナトリウム塩
を用いた.
各層の分光増感色素として下記のものを用いた.青感性
乳剤層
緑感性乳剤層
(ハロゲン化l!1モル当たり、大サイズ乳剤に対して
は4.OX10−’モル、小サイズ乳剤に対しては5.
6X10゜4モル)
および
(ハロゲン化銀1モル当たり、大サイズ乳剤に対しては
各々2.OX10−’モル、また小サイズ乳剤に対して
は各々2.5X10−’モル)(ハロゲン化l!1モル
当たり、大サイズ乳剤に対しては?.OXIG−’モル
、また小サイズ乳剤に対してはl.OX10リモル)
赤感性乳剤層
(ハロゲン化銀1モル当たり.0.9XIO−’モル)
ン化II1モル当たりB.5X10−’モノレ、?.7
X10−’モル、2.5X10−’モル添加した.また
、青感性乳剤層と緑感性乳剤層に対し、4ーヒドロキシ
−6−メチル−1.3.3a,7−テトラザインデンを
それぞれハロゲン化銀1モル当たり、IXIO−’モル
と2X10−’モル添加した.イラジエーシッン防止の
ために乳剤層に下記の染料を添加した.
赤感性乳剤層に対しては、下記の化合物をハロゲン化銀
1モル当たり2.6X1G−”モル添加した.および
また青感性乳剤層、緑感性乳剤層、赤感性乳剤層に対し
、1−(5−メチルウレイドフェニル)−5−メルカブ
トテトラゾールをそれぞれハロゲ(層構戒)
以下に各層の組或を示す.数字は塗布量(g/rrf)
を表す.ハロゲン化銀乳剤はjl換′X塗布量を表す.
支持体
ポリエチレンラミネート紙
〔第一層側のポリエチレンに白色顔料(TlOz)と青
味染料(群青)を含む)
第一層(青惑1)
前記塩臭化銀乳剤 0.30ゼラチ
ン 1.86イエローカブ
ラー(1!xY) 0.82色像安定
剤(Cpd−1) 0.19溶媒
(Solv−1) 0.35
色像安定剤(Cpd−7) 0.
06第二N(混色防止層)
ゼラチン 0.99混色防
止剤(Cpd−5) 0.08溶
媒(Solv−1) 0.1
6溶媒(Solv−4) 0
.08第三層(緑感層)
塩臭化銀乳剤(立方体、平均粒子サイズ0.55μのも
のと、0.39tsaのものとのl:3混合物(Agモ
ル比).粒子サイズ分布の変動係数は0.10と0.0
8、各乳剤ともAgBf O.8モル%を粒子表面に局
在含有させた) 0. 12ゼラチン
1.24マゼンタカプラ−(
ExM) 0.20色像安定剤(Cp
d−2) o.oa色像安定剤(
Cpd−3) 0. 15色像安
定剤(Cpd−4) 0.02色
像安定剤(Cpd−9) 0.0
2溶媒(Solv−2) 0
.40第四FJ(紫外線吸収層)
ゼラチン l.58紫外
線吸収剤(UV−1) 0.47混
色防止剤(Cpd−5) 0.0
5溶媒(Solv−5) 0
. 24第五層(赤感層)
塩臭化銀乳剤(乳削F)
ゼラチン
シアンカブラー(ExC)
色像安定剤(Cpd−6)
第六層(紫外線吸収層)
ゼラチン
紫外線吸収剤(UV−1)
混色防止剤(Cp’d−5)
溶媒(So1v−5)
第七層(保護FM’)
ゼラチン
ポリビニルアルコールのアク
(変性度17%)
流動バラフィン
23
34
32
l 7
0.53
0.16
0.02
0.08
1.33
リル変性共重合体
0.17
0.03
(ExY) イエローカプラー
とのl:1混合物(モル比)
(ExM)
マゼンタカブラー
の1:
l混合物(モル比)
(Cpd−2>
色像安定剤
(Cpd−3>
色像安定剤
(Cpd−4)
色像安定剤
(Cpd−5)
混色防止剤
0H
(ExC)
シアンカブラー
R−C.I1.とCaHq
と
0M
の各々重量で2
: 4
:4の混合物
(Cpd−1)
色像安定剤
(Cpd−6)
色像安定剤
の2:4:4
混合物(重量比)
(Cpd−7)
色像安定剤
→CL−CI1}−r−・
1
CONHCaHw(t)
平均分子1ft 60.000
(Cpd−8)
色像安定剤
0H
(Cpd−9)
色像安定剤
(Solv−1)t容
(Solv−2)溶
(UV−1)紫外線吸収剤
の2:
1混合物(容量比)
(Solv−4)溶
の4
: 2
:4混合物(重量比)
(SOIV−5)溶
媒
以上のようにして試料201を得た。Table 3 shows the relative sensitivity and relative resolution of each sample. Table 3 Example 2 The following Nti multilayer color photographic paper was prepared on a support that was laminated on both sides with polyethylene. The coating solution was prepared as follows. First layer coating solution preparation Yellow coupler (ExY) 19.1 g, color image stabilizer (Cpd-1) 4.4 g and color image stabilizer (Cp
d-7) Add and dissolve 27.2 cc of ethyl acetate and 8.2 g of solvent (S01v-1) to 0.7 g, and dissolve this solution in 10% sodium dodecylbenzenesulfonate. c.
It was emulsified and dispersed in 185 cc of a 10% gelatin aqueous solution containing c. On the other hand, silver chlorobromide emulsion (cubic, average grain size 0.
A 3:7 mixture of 88- and 0.70-1 (i
molar ratio). The coefficient of variation of particle size distribution is 0.08 and 0.08.
10. Each emulsion contains 0.2 mol % of silver bromide locally on the grain surface) and the blue-sensitive sensitizing dye shown below per 1 mol of silver for the large emulsion. Add 10-' moles of OX, and for small size emulsions, 2.5X each
A sulfur sensitized product was prepared after adding 10-' mole of the sample. The above emulsified dispersion and this emulsion were mixed and dissolved to prepare a first coating solution having the composition shown below. The coating liquids for the second to seventh layers are also applied in the same manner as the first layer coating liquid.
JI! L. As the gelatin hardening agent for each layer, 1-.oxy-3.5-dichloros-}riazine sodium salt was used. The following spectral sensitizing dyes were used in each layer. Blue-sensitive emulsion layer Green-sensitive emulsion layer (per mole of halide, 4.OX10-' mole for large size emulsions, 5.OX10-' mole for small size emulsions)
6×10°4 mol) and (2.OX10-' mol each for large-sized emulsions and 2.5×10-' mol each for small-sized emulsions per mole of silver halide) (1! halogenide). per mole, ?.OXIG-' mole for large size emulsions and l.OX10 mol for small size emulsions) Red-sensitive emulsion layer (.0.9XIO-' mole per mole of silver halide) B.I. per mole of ionized II. 5X10-'Monore? .. 7
X10-'mol, 2.5X10-'mol were added. In addition, for the blue-sensitive emulsion layer and the green-sensitive emulsion layer, 4-hydroxy-6-methyl-1.3.3a,7-tetrazaindene was added per mole of silver halide, IXIO-' mol and 2X10-' mol, respectively. Added. The following dyes were added to the emulsion layer to prevent irradiation. For the red-sensitive emulsion layer, 2.6 x 1 G-'' mole of the following compound was added per mole of silver halide. Also for the blue-sensitive emulsion layer, green-sensitive emulsion layer, and red-sensitive emulsion layer, 1-( 5-Methyureidophenyl)-5-merkabutotetrazole (layer structure) The composition of each layer is shown below.The numbers are coating amounts (g/rrf)
represents. The silver halide emulsion represents the coating weight of jl conversion'X.
Support polyethylene laminate paper [The polyethylene on the first layer side contains a white pigment (TlOz) and a bluish dye (ulmarine blue)] First layer (Seidaku 1) Said silver chlorobromide emulsion 0.30 Gelatin 1.86 Yellow Coupler (1!xY) 0.82 Color image stabilizer (Cpd-1) 0.19 Solvent (Solv-1) 0.35
Color image stabilizer (Cpd-7) 0.
06 Second N (color mixing prevention layer) Gelatin 0.99 Color mixing prevention agent (Cpd-5) 0.08 Solvent (Solv-1) 0.1
6 solvent (Solv-4) 0
.. 08 Third layer (green-sensitive layer) Silver chlorobromide emulsion (cubic, 1:3 mixture of one with an average grain size of 0.55μ and one with an average grain size of 0.39tsa (Ag molar ratio). Coefficient of variation of grain size distribution are 0.10 and 0.0
8. Each emulsion contained AgBfO. (8 mol% was locally contained on the particle surface) 0. 12 gelatin
1.24 magenta coupler (
ExM) 0.20 color image stabilizer (Cp
d-2) o. oa color image stabilizer (
Cpd-3) 0. 15 Color image stabilizer (Cpd-4) 0.02 Color image stabilizer (Cpd-9) 0.0
2 solvent (Solv-2) 0
.. 40 Fourth FJ (ultraviolet absorbing layer) Gelatin l. 58 Ultraviolet absorber (UV-1) 0.47 Color mixing inhibitor (Cpd-5) 0.0
5 Solvent (Solv-5) 0
.. 24 Fifth layer (red-sensitive layer) Silver chlorobromide emulsion (emulsion F) Gelatin cyan coupler (ExC) Color image stabilizer (Cpd-6) Sixth layer (ultraviolet absorbing layer) Gelatin ultraviolet absorber (UV-1 ) Color mixing inhibitor (Cp'd-5) Solvent (So1v-5) Seventh layer (protective FM') Gelatin polyvinyl alcohol scum (denaturation degree 17%) Liquid paraffin 23 34 32 l 7 0.53 0.16 0 .02 0.08 1.33 Lyle modified copolymer 0.17 0.03 (ExY) 1:1 mixture (molar ratio) with yellow coupler (ExM) 1:1 mixture (molar ratio) of magenta coupler (Cpd -2> Color image stabilizer (Cpd-3> Color image stabilizer (Cpd-4) Color image stabilizer (Cpd-5) Color mixture prevention agent 0H (ExC) Cyan coupler R-C.I1. and CaHq and 0M Mixture of 2:4:4 by weight of each color image stabilizer (Cpd-1) Color image stabilizer (Cpd-6) 2:4:4 mixture of color image stabilizers (weight ratio) (Cpd-7) Color image stabilizer → CL -CI1}-r-・1 CONHCaHw(t) Average molecule 1ft 60.000 (Cpd-8) Color image stabilizer 0H (Cpd-9) Color image stabilizer (Solv-1) t volume (Solv-2) Solution (UV-1) 2:1 mixture (volume ratio) of ultraviolet absorber (Solv-4) 4:2:4 mixture (weight ratio) (SOIV-5) solvent Sample 201 was obtained in the above manner. .
COOCJI? 1 (Clh)s 1 COOCaLt 以下、 試料201に準じて、 第四層(紫外線吸 収層) と第五層 (赤感層) を第4表のように変更 試料202〜212を調製した。COOCJI? 1 (Clh)s 1 COOCaLt below, According to sample 201, Fourth layer (ultraviolet absorption convergence) and the fifth layer (red sensitive layer) Change as shown in Table 4. Samples 202-212 were prepared.
(Solv−6)溶
媒
第
4
表
これらの試料の写真特性を調べるために実施例1と同様
の実験を行った.その結果を第5表に示す。(Solv-6) Solvent Table 4 An experiment similar to Example 1 was conducted to investigate the photographic properties of these samples. The results are shown in Table 5.
第5表
第3表と第5表の結果から明らかなように、高塩化銀平
板状粒子と固体微粉末分散物を含有する着色層とが組合
せられた本発明の感光材料が他の比較用感光材料の解像
力向上効果に比べて予想外に著しいことがわかる。Table 5 As is clear from the results in Tables 3 and 5, the photosensitive material of the present invention in which high silver chloride tabular grains and a colored layer containing a solid fine powder dispersion were combined was different from that of other comparative materials. It can be seen that this effect is unexpectedly remarkable compared to the resolution improvement effect of photosensitive materials.
(発明の効果)
本発明のハロゲン化銀カラー写真感光材料は処理の迅速
性に優れ、かつ鮮鋭度も優れるものであり、特に白色の
反射支持体を有したプリント材料として好適である。(Effects of the Invention) The silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material of the present invention has excellent processing speed and sharpness, and is particularly suitable as a print material having a white reflective support.
Claims (1)
を有するハロゲン化銀カラー写真感光材料において、前
記ハロゲン化銀乳剤層の少なくとも一層に、ハロゲン化
銀粒子の全投影面積の少なくとも50%が平均アスペク
ト比5以上の平板状粒子を含み、かつ該ハロゲン化銀粒
子はその塩化銀含有率が80モル%以上の高塩化銀粒子
であり、さらに該反射支持体と前記の平板状ハロゲン化
銀乳剤層の間に少なくともpH6以下では実質的に水不
溶性であるが少なくともpH8以上では実質的に水溶性
である微粉末染料を含有する親水性コロイド層を少なく
とも一層有することを特徴とするハロゲン化銀カラー写
真感光材料。In a silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material having at least one silver halide emulsion layer on a reflective support, an average of at least 50% of the total projected area of silver halide grains is present in at least one of the silver halide emulsion layers. The silver halide grains contain tabular grains having an aspect ratio of 5 or more, and the silver halide grains are high silver chloride grains with a silver chloride content of 80 mol% or more, and the reflective support and the tabular silver halide emulsion described above A silver halide color characterized by having at least one hydrophilic colloid layer between the layers containing a finely powdered dye that is substantially water-insoluble at least at a pH of 6 or below but is substantially water-soluble at least at a pH of 8 or above. Photographic material.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP16242689A JPH0327034A (en) | 1989-06-23 | 1989-06-23 | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP16242689A JPH0327034A (en) | 1989-06-23 | 1989-06-23 | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
JPH0327034A true JPH0327034A (en) | 1991-02-05 |
Family
ID=15754382
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
JP16242689A Pending JPH0327034A (en) | 1989-06-23 | 1989-06-23 | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPH0327034A (en) |
-
1989
- 1989-06-23 JP JP16242689A patent/JPH0327034A/en active Pending
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP2568924B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photosensitive material | |
JP2676417B2 (en) | Silver halide color photographic materials | |
JP2893095B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
JPH04443A (en) | Processing method for silver halide color photosensitive material | |
JP2700712B2 (en) | Color image forming method | |
JPH03214155A (en) | Processing method for silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JP2671042B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
JPH0327034A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JP2893094B2 (en) | Color image forming method | |
JPH04249243A (en) | Color picture forming method | |
JP2684224B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
JPH02308244A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JP2922528B2 (en) | Color image forming method | |
JPH0468348A (en) | Processing method for silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JPH0339736A (en) | Color image forming method | |
JP2673272B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
JPH03221949A (en) | Processing method for silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JP2976377B2 (en) | Processing method of silver halide color photographic light-sensitive material | |
JPH03138635A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JPH0475055A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material and color image forming method | |
JPH05127330A (en) | Processing method for silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JPH03156449A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JPH03221942A (en) | Color image forming method | |
JPH04110937A (en) | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material | |
JPH05113647A (en) | Formation of silver halide color photographic image |